#hey so i love strawberries a whole lot and will eat anything strawberry flavored or with strawberries
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
breeberrypies · 1 day ago
Text
AO3 | ART | INSTA
Tumblr media
·:*¨༺ ♱✮♱ ༻¨*:·
meet the artist ✩
Tumblr media
🍓 ✩₊˚.⋆☾⋆⁺₊✧
Tumblr media
me (real)
7 notes · View notes
myeagleexpert · 9 months ago
Text
【HE SAID THAT AND I WON'T FORGET IT】
Tumblr media Tumblr media
You know those important parts where you use the highlighter to highlight something important? So, my dear player, that's what we have here. Some interactions between the characters x yuu and the interactions between them that make me think a lot about the character they are!
Pt1: Heartslabul - Savanaclaw - Octavielle ( You're here!)
Pt2: Scarabia - Igynia - Pomefiore - Diasonia ( Loading...)
Tumblr media Tumblr media
Wₕₐₜ ₐᵣₑ yₒᵤ dₒᵢₙg ₕₑᵣₑ? ₜₕₑ Qᵤₑₑₙ wᵢₗₗ cᵤₜ ₒff yₒᵤᵣ ₕₑₐd!
Tumblr media
"Trey enthusiastically said he’s going to bake a strawberry tart for my birthday party. Make sure you come to eat some too. …Well, it not like it’s a Rule of the Queen of Hearts or anything"- Birtday Union
"Thank you for coming to celebrate my birthday. …Eh? You’ve hidden my present somewhere in the Heartslabyul dormitory? I see now. The answer to the riddle on this card must reveal the location of the present. Heh, you’ve sure come up with something rather interesting. Well, since you’ve gone through the trouble of planning this for me, I suppose I’ll just have to play along."- Birtday Union
"You are as energetic as ever today, I see. No, this isn’t any sort of rebuke. I truly do hope to see you enjoying my birthday party to the fullest."- Birthday Union
((he deserves to have more light and fun moments, and eat lots of strawberry pies))
Tumblr media
"Don't worry, if you get lost, I'll come searching for you. I'm pretty used to looking after my siblings, so I'm sure I'll find you quickly."- Playfull Dress
"Thanks for celebrating my birthday. But I have to say, I wasn't expecting you to have my gift delivered to my dorm like that. You should have just handed it to me directly, since we were meeting up, anyway. Was I shocked? Well, yes... Ah, so it was supposed to be a surprise present! Haha, oh man. You're always finding ways to startle me."- Platinum Jacket
"Riddle’s got a pretty tight handle on everything, there’s not much for me to do as his Vice Dorm Leader. I’m basically just here as decoration." - Cerimonial Robes
"You want to take a picture of me? You’re the record keeper, so just do as you like. …It’s more nerve-wracking if you know you’re being watched, you know?"- Outdoor wear
"Oh, good timing. Help me carry these dishes. Of course, there’s some for you and grim too."- Outdoor Wear
"Hm, you want a scarf? Well... Oh, maybe if I ask Sam, he can lend you a spare one. Just wait a sec."- New Year Attire
"Do you have any plans for the winter this year? If not, what if you got a temp job at a cake shop...? Haha, I'm just kidding."- New Year Attire
((he's so big brother material, I love these little moments of him being so attentive))
Tumblr media
"Amusement parks are so rad~! Why don't we take a selfie together right here at the gate? Think of it as the first of many to remember today!"- Playfull Dress
"Oh hey, think you'd want any popcorn? If so, tell me your favorite flavor. Your boy Cay-kun'll get it for you."- Playfull Dress
"Thanks for coming to celebrate my birthday! I’m super stoked! You’re gonna give me whatever I want for my birthday? Well, if you say that… it might make me want to ask for something huge. I’m kidding, don’t worry! How about we go skateboarding together? We can do some sweet tricks and post some pictures online!"- Birthday Union
" “#Birthday #NRCUnionJacket #SpecialMadeForCay-kun” …You know I totally gotta brag about today’s special outfit!"- Birthday Union
" Why are you looking at me like that while petting the tsum? You’re making Cay-kun feel so conflicted~"- Tsum Event
Tumblr media
"Pfft, your hair is all over the place from all the wind. Sooo laaame… Eh, mine, too!?"- Playfull Dress
"The whole point of birthdays is definitely the presents. So what did you get your dearest friend Ace-kun, then?"- Birthday Bloom
"I’m good with not dating anyone yet. 'Sides, I’m already busy looking after you lot."-Suitor Suit
"A word of warning. Until I say it’s safe to, deeefinately don’t look up at the ceiling… Juuuust kidding! Haha, did that scare you?"- Halloween
"The basketball club's most promising rookie has arrived! You better not take your eyes off my fresh plays, 'kay?"- Club Wear ((He's a little shit, but I'd root for him in the front row))
"Practicing passes with Floyd is basically a matter of life and death. But that's 'cause he's always throwing them at breakneck speeds!"-Club Wear
"Hey, we should all play basketball together sometime soon. If we invite Deuce or whoever, we can probably get a 3-on-3 game goin'.-" Club Wear
Tumblr media
"Are you going to come cheer for me at my next track meet? Then, I definitely can't do anything uncool. Just you wait and see how I do!"- Club wear
"You want me to show you the awards I've gotten from my track meets? You bet! I was hoping I'd get to show you."- Club Wear
"I bet if you, me, and Grim just go ham talking about all that happened today when we get back to school… Ace’ll get crazy jealous."- Rabbit wear
"I think I was able to help my mom feel a bit of relief. And that’s because you all came with me, so, thanks."- Rabbit wear
"I can’t believe you’re here to wish me a happy birthday… Today’s such an amazing day. …Oh, shoot. I definitely have some kind of weird look on my face right now, don’t I? Sorry, I just got so happy I couldn’t help this wide grin. Anyway, thanks so much, Prefect! I’ll make sure to keep doing my best to be someone deserving of your celebrations!"-Birthday Union
((he is my good little boy, I love him, Deuce you live in my heart))
Tumblr media Tumblr media
​🇹​​🇴​​🇳​​🇮​​🇬​​🇭​​🇹​, ​🇮​​🇳​ ​🇹​​🇭​​🇪​ ​🇬​​🇷​​🇪​​🇦​​🇹​ ​🇯​​🇺​​🇳​​🇬​​🇱​​🇪​, ​🇹​​🇭​​🇪​ ​🇱​​🇮​​🇴​​🇳​ ​🇸​​🇱​​🇪​​🇪​​🇵​​🇸
Tumblr media
"They got bone-in meat to eat right there, and you still order the salad. And that's why you're a herbivore."- Playfull Dress
"You don't have to call my name over and over again, I hear you. I'm just staying silent so I don't ruin all your amusement park excitement."- Playfull Dress ((Are we going to delude ourselves and dream that he was admiring us the whole time? Yes))
"A horror attraction? Sure, I'll tag along with you for that, 'cause I bet I'll get to hear some good screams from you herbivores."- Playfull Dress
"You have my utmost gratitude for such a splendid celebration. …There, I thanked you. I’m not saying it again."- Birtday Boy
"You want to make me happy? Hahah! What fine intentions coming from a herbivore. I’m looking forward to it."- Birthday Boy
"Sneaking up behind me like that, were you attempting to surprise me? Aah, my bad. I’ll pretend I didn’t notice, so go on, continue."- Birthday Boy
"You’re just going to carry drinks around and not even toast with me? Hey, bring a glass for yourself too."- Birtday Boy
"Did this sword catch your eye? The motif of the hilt seems to be a jellyfish. I can let you borrow it, but don’t swing it around."- Halloween ((Would you also have a jar of dirt too? Asking a friend))
"You can’t trust someone who smiles all the time, like Jade. Usually guys like me end up being the more trustworthy ones, you know?"- Halloween
"Doesn’t matter who the opponent is. The only one deserving a win is me"- Beastly Garb
"Magic is strictly forbidden in Catch the Tail. Maybe I’ll train you up for the next one… I kid, this ain’t ever happening again."- Beastly Garb
"Back home, there were a ton of people who took issue with my sense of fashion. You wouldn’t do that to me, hmm?"- Gala Couture
"The rich folks from the Scalding Sands are much richer than royal families in other countries. If you want to butter someone up, you’d have better luck with Kalim"- Gala Couture
"Well, aren’t you super meticulous on something as simple as a cake cutting. I don’t really care how you do it, but just get it done before tomorrow comes."- Blooming Birthday
" I had Cater delete all the pictures he took. Obviously, I asked him nicely. Yeah, that’s right, I’m such a shy boy."- Blooming Birthday
"If you’re going to act all high and mighty, I’m going to expect something grand from you, y'know? So hurry up and bring out my present, already."- Blooming Birthday
"Wouldn’t ya believe it, Vil gave me a sewing kit. Something this special deserves to be shoved in the far back of a drawer for posterity."- Blooming Birthday
Tumblr media
"If it’s survival, leave it to me! My experience is different from all the other guys."- Outdoor Wear
" You wanna know the trick to fishing? Hmmー …How ‘bout I trade you for those nuts you’ve got in your hand?"- Outdoor Wear ((What nuts? THESENUT--))
"Grim-kun stole your food? Guess it can’t be helped, here, I’ll share my grilled fish with you. Now you owe me one! Shishishi〜"- Outdoor Wear
"Shishishi, you totally remembered my birthday, right?"- Union Birthday ((It's marked on my calendar, my hyena))
"Thanks for celebratin’ my birthday with me! Since it’s my big day, we should go grab some grub and… Ah! Oh noooooo, this is sooooo terrible, I forgot my wallet… I guess I can’t buy… Eh, you’ll treat me? Really? Maan, it’s really great having such a generous junior like you! C'mon, let’s go, let’s go. Shishishi~" - Union Birthday
"Can’t believe a talkin’ portrait wished me a happy birthday… ’S not something I woulda ever been able to imagine happenin’ to me while I lived in the slums."- Union Birthday
"The guys in the magical shift club gave me some powdered sports drinks. I love gettin’ practical gifts like that!"- Union Birthday
" If you’re gonna come check out our practice, make sure you bring us refreshments! Like sports drinks, nutritional jelly drinks, or even doughnuts!"- Club Wear
"My nickname “Disc Thief” is pretty well-known, so maybe I might get scouted by some pro team with their eye on me… Nah, that’d be too good to be true."- - Club Wear
"We can hear Leona’s voice pretty good even when we got noisy spectators durin’ a game. Guess lions just got a healthier roar to ‘em." - Club Wear
"Even if you can’t use magic, you can still join our club. We got a ton of stuff for a manager to get done!" - Club Wear
(Leona simps… do you think his snores are loud too? And during… NO I DIDN'T THINK ABOUT THAT)
Tumblr media
"Hey, are you here to celebrate my birthday? Thanks for coming all this... Wait, you just wanted me to show you my homework? Do you own homework! Geez, don't mislead me like that... ...What is this box? Is it a present? O-Oh. Then, I'll gladly take it... Hey, you didn't do all this just to get a kick out of how I'd react, right?" -Platinum Jacket
"Ah, you wasted no time in coming. …You’re not scheming to horseplay around on my birthday, are you?" - Union Bithday
"You want me to take a picture of in this outfit and send it to my family? …Well, I guess that’s fine. Th-Then… please take one for me." - Union Bithday
"Thanks for the birthday wishes. …Something I hope for in the coming year? I want to grow some more. Eh? I’m already big enough? …I’m not talking about my height! I mean I want to mature more. Whenever you’re around I end up feeling so dazed. It must mean I’m relaxed around you. Thanks." - Union Bithday
((i mean… he's already our big boy… I hope the wolf form grows bigger and bigger too, my cute puppy))
((I feel like Yuu feels lighter and more playful around Jack, to the point of making pranks and having fun together <3))
Tumblr media Tumblr media
ɐɐǝs ǝɥʇ ɹǝpu∩ ɐɐǝs ǝɥʇ ɹǝpu∩
Tumblr media
"Oh my, I see how your eye shines so... If you've taken a liking to that painting, I shall order a reproduction for you. At a discounted price, of course." - Platinum Jacket
"Young love is wonderful. There is no end to the troubles that come from it, so it's quite a favorable emotion for those of us who impart counsel." - Platinum Jacket
"Laying out on the beach to watch the sunset is actually rather lovely, isn't it?"- Beach Wear
" The water around this island is unbelievably delightful. The water is warm and there are no predators. It is a far cry from my hometow."-Beach Wear
"If I were to describe the Coral Sea in one word, it would be "vast." If you ever decide to visit for a vacation, you may come to regret it. "- Beach Wear
"What could you possibly... ...Oh, it's you. I thought it may have been Stitch-san coming to pester me once again."- Beach Wear
"You may leave it to me to lead us in this dance. Allow me to show you just how much effort I've put forth."-Masquerade Dress
"You wish me to take your picture? Of course, I don't mind whatsoever. Now, what should I ask for in return?"- Masquerade Dress
"Oh, my, are you sharing your pastries with me? I would be elated to take some off your hands. It is rather nice that I can try so many in smaller portions."-Masquerade Dress
" What is it? Eh, oh, I look good in this outfit? ...Fufufu, whatever are you scheming? Please, do tell."-Masquerade Dress
"Jade poured this tea as his gift to me. Only... He had this strangely good-natured smile on his face as he did so. ...Would you care to drink it?"- Bloom Birthday ( you littl-)
"I don't understand why candles are inserted into the cake... Sure, it's lovely to see the flames dance in the dark, but it ruins the cake's presentation when it comes time to eat it." -Bloom Birthday
"Something I would like? ...Then, please sing a birthday song for me. Come, you'll sing for me, won't you?"-Bloom Birthday
"Azul can grant any wish," they say. ...Would you like to see if the rumors are true?- Ceremonial Wear
and this duo dialogue? BOYYY
Azul: I am so honored to be paired with you, Jamil-san.
Jamil: Get moving instead of just flapping your lips, Azul.
(suck this up octoponk)
Tumblr media
"Down in the ocean depths, the Sea Witch's favorite lipstick is very popular. The container is even shaped like a seashell... I recall gifting it to my mother once, as well."- New Year ((I have a wish for my birthday present, and I think you do too))
 "Do go on, Tsum-san, do whatever you please. It's alright, I shall be watching over you."- Tsumsitter ((Go ahead little creature, spread chaos, I'll be admiring your work))
"Allow me to show you how wonderous the mountains truly are. I do so hope that you will want to join the Mountain Lovers Club afterwards."- Outdoor Wear
"I brought along a very large backpack, but it is mostly empty. That is so that I will be able to bring home some of the nature's bounty as souvenirs."- Outdoor Wear
"It is more crucial to use your intellect when it comes to potionology, rather than magic. Since you have no magical abilities, don't you think this would be the perfect subject for you?"- Lab Wear
"Could you tell me your favorite dish? It may be a good addition for the Mostro Lounge menu."- Lab Wear
"Have you ever heard the phrase "haste makes waste"? ...Never mind, how foolish of me to ask."- Lab Wear
"In the Mountain Lovers Club I founded, we study the flora that we've collected. ...Oh, does this pique your interest?""- Lab Wear
"May I help you? ...I'm afraid it is somewhat difficult to continue exercising when you're staring at me so intensely."- Pe Education
"You are quite... No, nevermind. You do realize that courage and recklessness are two different things entirely, yes?"- Pe Education
"You wish to climb Moln Mountain? I understand how you must feel, but... Snowy mountains are quite dangerous. It may be better for you to build up your climbing experience little by little first."- Apple Boa
((I don't know about you, but Jade's sentences wander from a nice person to someone suspicious)) ((Do you want to know something? Everything that comes out of his mouth is a trap, suspicious as hell))
Tumblr media
"Here, Shrimpy-chan, you can have my fries. Nah, you don't gotta thank me. I just couldn't finish 'em 'cause I just slathered something spicy all over it." - Playfull Dress
" Y'know, I really like big and hefty shoes like these~ I love the way they make big, strong stompy sounds when I walk~" - Playfull Dress
"My shoes and jacket sparkles just like scales! Humans have it so good~ They can just swap up their scales whenever they want just by changing clothes." - Platinum Jacket
Beach Wear Vignette - Dialogue
Floyd: 'Cause, I mean, if someone tells you not to do something, doesn't it just make you want to do it more?
Stitch: Yahahahaha!
Floyd: My pops and mama always told us that it was dangerous for us kids to go by ourselves, so we shouldn't go near it.
Stitch: Grrr, rargh!
Floyd: Hmm? Oh, it's nothing like that. That whole thing where the humans and merfolk were afraid of each other is stuff from a long, long time ago.
Floyd: Folks've been comin' and goin' between the land and sea for a while now, ever since the mermaid princess married that human prince.
"Aha. I'm all ready to go, but is the party ready for me?"- Bloom Birthday ((Chaotic child detected))
"Ah, hey, it's Koebi-chan. So you're gonna give me whatever I want as a present? Then, tell me a fun story you know from up here on the surface. ...What, you weren't expecting me to ask for somethin' intangible? I mean, this is waaay better than getting somethin' I don't need. But I ain't gonna let it slide if you tell me a boring story. Mmkay, you can go ahead and start now~"-Bloom Birthday
"Maaan, passing practice is so boring 'cause it's too easy. Koebi-chan, wanna play 1 on 1 with me? I'll go a little bit easy on you"- Club Wear
"Hm, I don't see your mouth watering. You saying my food tastes bad?"- Apprentice Chef
"I make a ton of grilled sandwiches. I ain't got a recipe or anything. Just toss in some leftovers and grill 'em and you're done."- Apprentice Chef
"Jade'll put shiitake mushrooms in pretty much anything, so I got to the point that just lookin' at 'em pisses me off."- Apprentice Chef
" You make real great-lookin' faces when you're eating, Shrimpy. Didja like my cooking? 'Kay, then next time, I'll make you something even better."- Apprentice Chef (( PLEASE DO ))
" Next time, you should go up on stage, Koebi-chan. I'll be expectin' a fun show."- Port Wear
" Ehhh, my ribbon's crooked? I don't have a mirror, so I can't see it... Shrimpy-chan, why don'tcha fix it nicely for me?"- Platinum Jacket
Tumblr media
(っ◔◡◔)っ ♥ Every like, repost and comment is very welcome and appreciated. ♥
Tumblr media
135 notes · View notes
todoscript · 4 years ago
Text
sweetest delight
Tumblr media
SYNOPSIS: While Shouto’s out hunting down villains on Valentine’s Day, you try your hand at making some sweets to celebrate the occasion, and in doing so, find your efforts rewarded in more ways than one.
pairing: pro hero!todoroki shouto x fem!reader
genre: smut. fluff. pro hero au.
word count: 7.3k+
warnings: 18+. characters are aged up. dominant!shouto. apron kink. praising. oral (both receiving). face-sitting. 69. cum-eating.
author’s note: god, this is long overdue, but i finally got this thing out after all this time. and of course, it ended up getting out of hand again
Tumblr media
“Fuck, fuck, fuck–”
A range of curses spewed from your mouth as the unpleasant smell of your burnt confections permeated the space of your kitchen, threatening to notify the fire alarm overhead of your latest baking mishap. Luckily, you entered the kitchen just in time to dissipate the smoke before it can do so, fanning your towel while navigating to the oven to find your crisp, blackened sweets already ruined inside. The corners of your lips slipped into a scowl at another failed batch of mini chocolate cupcakes at your hand. You slid on a pair of oven mitts to transfer the set off the rack and onto the kitchen counter.
A flicker of optimism in your head presented the thought that they didn’t seem that bad at first glance, going so far as to believe they might’ve tasted relatively fine and that the burnt parts simply added a bitter flavor that would balance the overall sweetness of the decadent chocolate cupcakes. But upon closer inspection, you knew you were lying to yourself.
Flipping the miniature cakes out of the molds, you discovered the sweets were encased in a dreary black outer shell, a sight which made you grimace, wondering how you screwed up so badly to have concocted such a dismal image. You definitely had no right feeding these to Shouto, let alone offer them to him as a Valentine’s Day gift.
As everyone knew, the fourteenth day of February marked Valentine’s Day, the day where couples expressed their love to one another by giving gifts, spending quality time through dates, and displaying many other forms of affection. This year, however, Shouto was called in at his agency to investigate a case of villains whose plan was to wreak havoc on this special occasion.
Now, any person would find it normal to be peeved over these circumstances—having their lover’s free time eaten up by work when they could be celebrating together with a nicely lit dinner or a casual, romantic night at home, and perhaps cap off a wonderful evening with a smooth transition into the bedroom. Much better than spending a day at home alone, pitifully watching couples intertwine their hands together in envy as they walked along the sidewalk beneath your apartment complex, right?
Well, you, on the other hand, were a different case. Rather than sulk around as you waited for Shouto to arrive home later, you decided this would be the perfect chance to whisk up some sweets to surprise him. After all, what’s Valentine’s Day without some chocolate delights on the side, made with vanilla, sugar, cocoa butter, and lots of love and effort. A perfect way to welcome Shouto home from his mission while honoring the festivities, you’d say.
Besides, you understood the situation well enough to recognize that the citizens’ well-being came first before any date of yours. Your boyfriend was a hero, after all, and a Pro at that. It’s not as if you and Shouto hadn’t celebrated Valentine’s Day together before. So long as he came home—intact—prior to the clock ticking to midnight, one day didn’t bother you.
Though… after witnessing the aftermath of several failed attempts at baking thus far, you started to wonder if it would’ve done you better not to get so involved, only to waste resources and pervade your kitchen with an acrid smell.
Still, despite the trials and tribulations, you were determined to come out on top. You tapped your index finger repeatedly against the surface of the marbled counter. “Did I mix up the baking times? Maybe I undermined the portion sizes so the cupcakes started cooking faster?” you speculated out loud, wondering how to troubleshoot the minor errors to come out successful in your next attempt.
After some thought, you decided not to dawdle on your overthinking for too long and shrugged off the idea of redoing another batch of cupcakes. “It’s fine, I’ll just move onto the chocolates then. They’re the star of Valentine’s Day so better to focus on those,” you told yourself. A grin found its way on your face as you rolled the sleeves of your blouse up your forearms. “Alright, let’s get to it then!”
You retrieved a recipe sheet from across the counter, scanning through the contents while overlooking the ingredients lying in front of you. Compared to baking cupcakes, chocolates should be easier to tackle since you weren’t entirely making them from scratch. All you had to do is temper the chocolate melts in a bowl over a heat source, pour them into silicone molds, and refrigerate until hardened and shaped to the perfect, bite-sized delight. Seemed simple enough.
.
.
Okay, maybe it wasn’t quite as simple as you thought.
Or rather, you chose to make the whole process more complicated than it needed to be, not realizing the ambitious turn your take on these chocolates was moving toward until you drove yourself into another mess.
Your first trial of bonbons was sprawled out over parchment paper, waiting for your verdict. Eyes roaming the array of sweets tentatively, you absorbed the mixture of pink and white hues with an unsure look on your face. Somehow during the process, you opted to forgo the customary milk chocolates for white and strawberry, which was the closest you could get to matching Shouto’s signature hair colors.
You’d thought it’d be cute for the treats to have a slight resemblance to him as a simple yet sweet reminder that he was on your mind throughout your progress. But staring down at the final product, you wished you guessed ahead of time that the vision you sparked in your head was not going to be as bright and pretty in comparison to what came out.
You frowned at the batch with narrowed brows before begrudgingly scooping a piece and tossing it into your mouth. The sweetness of the strawberry and white chocolates coexisted together to form a smooth texture that left behind a creamy, floral undertone on your tongue. What was incredibly lacking, however, laid in the looks department. The visuals left… more to be desired, to say the least.
With the idea of wanting to use two different flavors of chocolate, you also played on the notion of incorporating a theme. That theme being half-and-half. And half-and-half being splitting the colors on the chocolates right down the middle.
Though not a complicated plan for an adept baker, it was the exact opposite for a newbie like you who had came up with the idea on the spot. With your chocolates appearing in odd shapes and sizes, not one seemed to resemble another, which was the result of both your lack of patience and miscalculations. You had to allow one of the flavors to harden in the mold before adding the other to not prematurely mix the colors, but judging by the swirls of pink and white surrounding the chocolates, that didn’t seem to go so well. Add on to the fact you had some trouble inverting them out of the silicon molds—the edges of the chocolates ending up smooshed or torn off entirely—and you were left with another failed attempt at a Valentine’s present.
“Guess making sweets isn’t really my thing, huh?” You sighed, body slumping forward against the kitchen counter in defeat. Your eyes wandered from your sad chocolates to the hefty amount of dirty dishes piled in the sink. All this, and you weren’t able to make anything worth giving to Shouto. What exactly were you going to tell him when he came home, bearing witness to this entire mess? No, Shouto was probably under enough stress and fatigue as it was after working all day. Plus, his anticipation for a gift would only be amplified if he saw the number of baking supplies you’ve wasted today. At this point, you had to turn in the towel.
“Oh well… I better clean everything up before Sho comes home and start on din–”
Your words were interrupted by the sharp sound of the front door opening.
“I’m home!” an all too familiar voice announced, one that you were more than aware belonged to a particular fire and ice hero.
Surprised, you glanced over at the clock to check the time, which read a bold 6:00 PM—sooner than you expected your boyfriend to arrive home from his duties that day. So soon, in fact, that you weren’t able to even begin erasing any of the evidence littered around the kitchen.
“Y/n?” you heard him call. Freezing in place, you picked up Shouto breathing in a quick whiff. “What’s that smell?” he asked but didn’t wait for a response, traveling through the enormous apartment to find that answer for himself. Hearing his feet shuffling across the hardwood floor, you moved quickly.
“The kitchen smells sweet but also... bitter.”
Sweet and bitter..? you repeated but soon realized what he meant—those damn burnt chocolate cupcakes you left out. While in your rush with making the chocolates, you had forgotten to dispose of them beforehand. Though the bitter smell was not as prominent as when the cupcakes first came out of the oven, it still didn’t evade Shouto’s keen senses.
After shoving the burnt mini cupcakes in a trash bin, you scrambled to the entrance to the kitchen, thankfully cutting Shouto’s path off just in time as you met him there. “Oh hey, Sho, why didn't expect you to come home so early!” you greeted, a cheerful lilt in your tone as you leaned an arm on the side of the doorway, hoping to come off ordinarily chill to avoid any questioning looks. It seemed you achieved that much at least by how Shouto smiled warmly at your appearance.
“You should’ve shot me a quick text or something.”
“Sorry, we managed to track down the group of villains right away and finished the mission smoothly without any casualties,” he explained. “I guess I was in such a hurry to come home and celebrate Valentine’s Day with you that I must’ve forgotten.” The soft look on Shouto’s handsome features had you in a daze for a second; you nearly missed him descending his head to your level so his lips could find yours. Eventually, you broke from your stupor and swiftly turned your head so he planted a peck on your cheek instead.
You were never one to purposely avoid a kiss on the lips like that from him—far from it actually—but you didn’t want him to find any residual sweetness on your lips from the confections you taste-tested that day and have him bring up if you made anything for him. One thing you surely couldn’t avoid, however, was his puzzled face at your uncharacteristic actions. Still, Shouto wasn’t one to overthink the details. Instead, he decided to look at the bigger picture, such as the dirty yet cute, pink and brown frilly apron tied around your body.
“Your apron’s a mess,” he chuckled lightly. The comment caught you off-guard, eyes slowly traveling down to the flour and chocolate stains on your Valentine’s-themed apron. “Have you been cooking?” he asked. You fumbled with your answer.
“O-Oh yeah..! In fact, I’m… still cooking, actually!” you quickly added, making up for your lack of words. “C’mon, it’s probably been a long day for you. You should go freshen up in the shower while I get everything done and cleaned!” You tried shoo-ing Shouto from the kitchen’s vicinity, but he didn’t budge.
“I can help out if you like. I wouldn’t want you to fix everything up by yourself, especially since we’re supposed to spend the rest of Valentine’s Day together,” he said, and as much as you liked to take him up on his kind and thoughtful offer, you had to object.
Firmly shaking your head, you continued your attempts at pushing Shouto to retreat to the shower and scrub off the troubles of his day. “No, you’ve probably done enough work today as it is! Just let me handle the rest, ‘kay?” you insisted, straining a smile. However, your hurried shoving felt almost too persistent than what Shouto found normal.
“Well, what are you making then–” As he tilted his head up to sneak a peek, you followed his movements, elevating yourself onto your tiptoes to block his vision in time.
“S-Soba noodles..! Cold! Just how you like them,” you answered after partially interrupting him. Quirking a brow at your fidgety gestures, Shouto stared at the smile etched on your lips which screamed of suspicion. Now he was sure something was up.
“Love,” he said, his voice a tone lower than usual that made goosebumps appear on your skin, staring at his turquoise and gray eyes warily, “are you hiding something from me?”
“What? Psh, no,” you feigned innocence, shrugging, “Why would you think that?”
Shouto gave you a look, silently telling you that you should more than know the reason why, but you chose to remain ignorant. No point in questioning it any further then. He would have to pry the answer out himself.
Aware that you had no intention of letting him pass voluntarily, Shouto began putting his hero training to use. He side-stepped in a single motion, quickly pivoting on the balls of his feet to slip through your defenses. You didn’t have time to ask yourself what happened before you turned around to watch his reaction to what you left for him on the kitchen counter.
Upon entering the kitchen, Shouto’s heterochromatic eyes were immediately drawn to the marbled white-and-pink sweets sprawled across the parchment paper. His interest piqued, he walked straight to the chocolates with you trailing behind. You could feel the heat in your cheeks slowly rise from the embarrassment at seeing Shouto inspect your sorry excuse of chocolates.
“Hm, no soba noodles, but I may have found something even better,” he said, and you wondered if you heard correctly or that maybe he saw something you didn’t. You rapidly blinked about four times, letting your vision adjust, and yet your chocolates remained.
“You’re kidding… right?”
Shouto lifted a brow at your hesitance. “No, why would I be kidding?” he replied thoughtfully. He took one of the chocolates off the parchment paper, raising it in the air between his thumb and index finger. “You made these for me, didn’t you?”
“I mean, yeah, they were supposed to be a Valentine’s Day gift, but…”
“But..?” A frown settled on his lips, watching you nervously twiddle your thumbs while you held your hands against your apron. “Y/n, you can tell me.” Not liking how you weren’t meeting his eyes, his finger drew your chin up so he could get a better glimpse of your face.
“But they don’t look the part. They’re hideous,” you quietly admitted, your words mellowing into a whisper the more they departed your lips. The way he treated your creations as if they belonged on a pedestal didn’t sit right in your eyes. “So I... didn’t want you to see them, or any of this actually. I thought if you saw what I was doing, you’d get your hopes up for something special, only to be disappointed.” You tried avoiding his gaze again, but Shouto wouldn’t allow it, following your eyes as his hand pried yours apart to take one in his own.
His focus shifted from the pink and white chocolate held in front of him to the uncertainty clouding your expression. “I’m not sure what you mean. They look fine to me.”
“Sho, you don’t have to lie to me just so you don’t end up hurting my feelings. Anyone can see how uneven they look,” you said, pointing at the rest of the batch still sitting on the counter behind him. There was a low chuckle coming from the male’s lips, one that you guessed was out of amusement, but you were too caught in your troubled feelings to be sure.
“Well, I have to admit, they don’t exactly resemble the perfect, visual representation of the chocolates you’d find at the store or anything,” he acknowledged with you mumbling an ‘I told you so’ in response before he continued, “but that’s the reason why I like them. That means you made them for me and there isn’t any chocolate like it. They’re one of a kind.”
His genuine words took you aback, eyes glimmering and cheeks flushed. You were too wrapped up in your need for perfection that you didn’t realize you could consider your efforts that way.
“Besides,” he threw the little bonbon in his mouth, “they taste great,” he said as the strawberry and white cream melted on his tongue with its rich sweetness.
Despite his praise, you thought he had only said that because you knew for a fact that the chocolates did at least pass in the taste department. “But what if they had tasted bad too? What would you have said then?” You were bold enough to question, though half-worried about his answer in the back of your head—worried that he would have to take back those sweet words of his.
“I still would have eaten them, regardless. I’d never waste anything you’ve made for me, you should know that. To me, these chocolates are the sweetest delight not because they’re the best looking or tasting, but because they came from you,” he answered earnestly, bending down to tuck a hair away from your stunned yet grateful appearance which looked as if you were nearly about to sigh out loud in relief. You brought your body into his chest, tucking your head beneath his chin, and he wrapped his arms around you, lips pressed against your hair.
Shouto didn’t grant you much time to bask in your solace however, before beckoning you over to the kitchen counter. He wasn’t done teasing you just yet.
“Normally couples give each other milk chocolates on Valentine’s day. Any reason you decided on white and strawberry then?” Shouto noted, a grin on his lips as you seemed reluctant to reveal your reasoning—lips pursed and fingers playing with the hem of your apron.
“Well, they’re supposed to be your…” You finished by motioning at the crown of your head before pointing to his red and white locks.
Heh... Cute. The grin that was persistent on his features widened, and your response earned you a kiss on the cheek. “Thinking about me, huh?” he teased. You were more than aware of your intentions throughout your chocolate-making process, but it didn’t make the whole situation any less embarrassing when your motives came to light out of Shouto’s own mouth.
You pouted profusely, turning your face in the other direction as you nudged his arm. “Aren’t you going to eat the rest then?” you asked despite your demure demeanor. You couldn’t see it, but you were positive he was aiming that amused expression in your direction, leaning his head on his palm while his elbow was leveled on the counter.
“You made a lot of chocolates today, love. You don’t expect me to finish them all by myself, do you?” You heard the rustle of the parchment liner unsticking to something behind you. Then a finger poked your cheek, and out of curiosity, you followed where the disturbance came from, only to have a swirl of pink and white pushed past your lips.
“Mm..” you hummed surprisingly in delight at the harmonious strawberry and cream flavors coating your tastebuds.
“Tastes good, doesn’t it?” he asked.
“Yeah, I got to taste them before you arrived home.” You rubbed the back of your head. “And um, I didn’t exactly make these from scratch...” You went about divulging your methods to him, explaining your usage of chocolate melts, which all in all saved you a lot of time, considering your earlier mishaps with the brownies—a misfortune you also confessed to as you side-eyed the trash bin.
The dual-haired male laughed with mirth at the disasters you tangled yourself into today. “Seemed like you had an eventful Valentine’s Day at home without me.”
He scanned over your outfit, consisting of a simple buttoned blouse and a pair of jeans. What caught his eye the most was the frilly, laced brown and pink apron tied around your body. You must have bought this specifically to get in the spirit of Valentine’s Day because this was the first he’s seen you in this. Normally you’d wear those plain cotton aprons while you were cooking. Not something so charming and—dare he say—refreshing.
As you were continuing the conversation—going on about how vanquishing criminal organizations was more productive than whatever you were concocting at home—your words faded into the background. Shouto found it hard to focus on what you were saying, while your animated gestures seemed to enhance the shape of the apron against your body, emphasizing your physique.
Recalling the story you just mentioned, he imagined what the scene of you frantically dashing around the kitchen would look like as you wore this cute thing. Was it weird of him to hold fantasies of arriving home, being greeted by your endearing self donning this garment, dolled in its intricacies with a smile gracing the lips he oh so wanted to kiss every day?
Shouto would think so. He’s never heard of any anecdotes of this kind of behavior before. Perhaps it was how dainty and frilly the material appeared against your figure that stemmed such a risqué thought from him. If that was the case, then this apron was no different than lingerie. Or more specifically, those delicate lace babydolls you’d wear for him on those special occasions, in which you displayed the zenith of lust and vulnerability that rendered him a man ensnared by his need to utterly ravage you–
Fuck. Letting those imaginations cross his mind was a dangerous move. He felt himself getting hard, body exercising the willpower not to pounce and concede to his fantasies. Then again, no one could really blame him for thinking of his girlfriend this way on Valentine’s Day. Especially when you looked so damn cute right now that he could just eat you up.
“Shouto?” Your voice diverted his attention from the growing problem in his pants, though only for a moment. When his focus returned to you, all those lascivious thoughts buried in the back of his head made their way to the forefront again. Damn, did he have it bad.
“Is something wrong? You were zoning out for a bit.”
He shook his head, dispelling your concern. However, it was going to take more than that to sweep away the lust consuming his mind. “It’s nothing. More importantly, why don’t we continue tasting these chocolates?” Pulling up a stool, he took a seat next to the kitchen counter.
Just as you were going to mention that you needed to start on dinner soon, Shouto suddenly drew your body in between his parted legs. Thrown slightly off-balance, you instinctively held onto his shoulders to keep yourself steady.
You couldn’t help but notice the hand traveling up your legs as it situated itself on the back of your thigh, but the detail was abandoned as soon as it was manifested. The proximity between you two was too much not to overlook now. Shouto peered up at you with what you made out to be smoldering intensity, and the sight reduced you to shying away from his eyes again.
Of course, Shouto didn’t take a liking to that. With you so close, he didn’t want anything hindering his front seat viewing of your candid reactions. “Baby, look here,” he called to you. You followed his command, turning back to face the grin reaching his lips. “There’s my pretty girl.”
You attempted to open your mouth to reply but found another ball of marbled chocolate placed where words should’ve been.
Soft lips wrapped around him, Shouto had to fight back the urge to groan, feeling your tongue graze the pad of his thumb as he fed you the candy. His other hand, formerly occupied with rubbing subtle circles on your clothed flesh, wandered to the satin ribbon of your apron fashioned behind you.
It wasn’t long until you discerned the game he was playing through the fiery looks and frisky touching.
Well, enter player two.
You brought a hand to his wrist, keeping him there as your tongue made work at licking away the residual chocolate melted on his finger. You moved from his thumb to his index finger, noting not to miss anything with every flick as you confidently returned the heady expression with batted eyelashes.
Shouto breathed in silently through his nose, gritting his teeth, your sultry actions having an innate effect on him, to which you smirked at. There was a slight tug on the ribbon wrapped behind you. It wasn’t firm enough to where the knot came undone, but enough that you noticed his fixation on the material. If he was making an effort to exert some self-control, it was futile at this point. No doubt, he was going to take you before Valentine’s Day was over.
“Hmm, you’re right, these chocolates are pretty tasty. But it’s probably because you’re the one feeding them to me that they taste just soooo good,” you mused, adding a sensual tonality to your voice as you concluded your words with one last kitten lick.
The man before you bit the inside of his cheek, your voice alone making blood rush south. You little minx. He was going to make doubly sure you understood just what you were doing to him.
Finally releasing his hand, you reached over beside you to grab a chocolate off the parchment paper. “For you~” You giggled as you led the confection to Shouto’s mouth. He readily accepted your gift, lips wrapping around the tips of your fingers as the mellow flavors soothed his taste buds. He made a point of re-enacting your little show, tongue languidly lapping your fingers while he maintained steady eye contact. You shuddered at the wet warmth abiding your skin, the suffocating sexual tension in the air causing you to press your thighs together. The action was not overlooked by Shouto, who smiled amidst cleaning your fingers with every brush of his tongue.
“What’s wrong, love? You were so bold and talkative earlier. Cat got your tongue or something?” he teased. A smirk ran across the curl of his lips as his licks turned to kisses he planted on the back of your hand.
After finishing his task of lapping up every essence of sweetness off your skin, he lifted himself from the stool. Doing so made him stand tall over you, and he easily cornered you to where your back met the edge of the counter. Your wrist captured in one of his hands, he wove an arm around you, pulling your body into him.
“You know, there’s something I want to eat right now other than chocolates,” he confessed, forehead pressed to yours and glinted heterochromatic eyes latent with an insatiable hunger. The baritone of his voice sent shivers through your body and a throb aching in your core.
You innocently tilted your head at him. “Oh, is that so? And what would that be?”
He chuckled darkly at your redundant question.
“Why you of course, my love.”
The moment the words reached your ears, he lunged forward to seize your lips. You quickly followed in the sensual movements of his soft lips against yours like it was a practiced routine, not resisting his tongue prying its way into your mouth and submitting to the dance that made pleasure course through your veins.
A single tap on your thigh was your cue to hop into Shouto’s waiting grasp and wrap your arms around his neck. You pulled your bodies closer to where the few layers of clothing you both possessed did nothing to hide your enthusiasm for each other. You could feel your nipples under your bra stiffen at your arousal, growing more sensitive as you pressed your chest to him. Meanwhile, his hard erection shamelessly poked the inside of your thigh to which his grip was poised on remaining firm, grinding your lower half against him.
You expected this was where he intended to have you—right then and there in the middle of the kitchen—but to your surprise, Shouto had other plans. He navigated you two to the dining table as you continued feverishly making out with your legs wrapped around his waist. Never breaking the hot mingle of your lips, he carefully placed you on the edge. His hands were free to roam the expanse of your body, palming at places that elicited airy moans from you as he inscribed the niceties of your bonny apron into his memory. Though he cursed the unnecessary layers that obscured your beautiful flesh from him.
Finding the clothes still on you equally unbearable in the heat of your movements, you were on the same wavelength as him. You sought out the satin ribbon tied behind your back that kept the apron on your form, but before your fingertips could even reach the material to tug the knot loose, Shouto seized your wrists and led your hands away. Your face was scrunched with bewilderment by how sudden his actions were.
Shouto didn’t think he could have a fetish over something as ordinary and domestic as a decorative garment tied around your waist, but this Valentine’s Day was proving him otherwise. He was not about to pass an opportunity to absolutely ruin you in this pretty thing.
“Keep it on,” he ordered, voice deep and commanding.
“H-Huh? What about my clothes?” you stuttered, confused at first. You wanted to ask what spurred him to give such a demand, but you were too caught in the moment to think of objecting to his request (not that you had much choice anyway).
“Let me.” That was all he said before his hands sought after the waistband of your jeans and the buttons of your top. He pulled and undid the apparel until you were left in only your panties and that lovely apron. Your bra was quickly disposed of to the pile next to his feet thanks to the clip being located at the front this time, and he was eternally grateful for the convenience. You didn’t even have to mention anything for his own clothes to float above yours on the floor, sitting back on the table to admire his toned physique, now free for you to ogle in just his briefs.
His hooded, icy eyes concentrated on every aspect of your appearance. He didn’t dare miss a single detail in front of him—from your bare, flushed skin glowing beneath the light fixture to your aroused nipples shaped through the thin fabric. You were a sight Shouto would gladly worship for the rest of his life.
“You’re a sight for sore eyes, my love, and I’m going to enjoy ravaging you until all you know is my name.”
His words alone were enough to send a tingle of anticipation to your cunt. You did not shrink at his assertiveness, instead embracing both yours and Shouto’s desires with open arms.
“You have me, Sho. I’m all yours.”
The man released a breath he hadn’t realized he’d been holding before inhaling and diving in. Your lips reencountered each other, continuing from where you left off with his tongue chasing after you. You laced your fingers in his soft hair to press him deeper to you as Shouto navigated down your neck. He sucked and licked at your skin; every tug he felt on his scalp compelled him to lay marks as he inched closer and closer to your breasts.
“Ahh.. Sho…” you mewled, feeling his hands grope one of your mounds and tease your slit through your panties. With no intention of letting this apron off your body, Shouto pushed the fabric concealing your chest inward to reveal a perky nipple, seeming excited to be covered by his mouth. Well, who was he to deny such exuberance, especially when he himself was hungry to taste?
Lips enclosing the stiffened nub, Shouto sucked and prodded with fervor. As you squirmed and squealed beneath him, your fingers pulled harder at his strands which he hummed in content at. The tip of his tongue circled your areola, making the slick clinging to your panties damper at the stimulation. The hand occupied between your thighs stroked you against the fabric before pulling it to the side to touch you directly.
“Oh fuck!” you cursed at the contact as Shouto did not hesitate to start pumping a finger into your pussy.
“Damn, you’re so wet down here. Did my kisses and teasing do all this?”
You were too distracted by the precise movements of his fingers working through you to answer, words superseded by your wanton moans. “Keep making those pretty sounds, love. I want you to cry out as I’m ruining you.”
Your noises hit a crescendo when his fingers began curling inside you, stretching into places that lit stars behind your eyes. His thumb rubbed your clit to intensify the fire building in your abdomen. Your back arched on the table as you grabbed onto Shouto’s free hand for dear life, already feeling that flame ready to ignite.
“Sho– Wait, I’m gonna–”
“Don’t hesitate, sweetheart. Coat my fingers with your cum,” he told you, increasing the speed of his thumb against your bundle of nerves as he continually hit that euphoric soft spot.
At his words, your pussy clenched hard around him, practically sucking him in. You threw your head back against the table, releasing a loud cry of his name as your orgasm engulfed your whole body with electrifying pleasure. Chest heaving up and down, your breaths sounded ragged as your vision went white before slowly adjusting to the light.
Shouto slid his fingers out of you and brought them to his mouth, licking at the layer of gloss. He observed your fucked-out state from above and admired his handiwork—your lips swollen, eyes glassy, and sweaty skin adorned with his marks.
“You taste absolutely delicious, you know,” he said almost too sweetly, like he had immediately gotten drunk off drinking the remnants of your orgasm. And, of course, he had to let you know how delectable you were. Shouto provided you a sample by pressing his fingers to your lips. You obediently parted them, welcoming your essence on your tongue.
“Don’t you think so?”
You hummed and nodded in agreement. Shouto grinned, bending down to mix your flavor in each other’s mouths. He finally removed your ruined panties and slid them down your legs. But to no one’s surprise, the apron stayed on your person.
When you parted, Shouto gestured for you to get up from the table. In doing so, you had anticipated this would be the time to head straight to the bedroom, but the night continued to prove you wrong. Shouto was still famished.
“Stand up for a second, baby. I want to lay down as I have my meal.” You didn’t need to guess to know just what he wanted to satiate his appetite tonight.
Shouto laid himself flat across the table, the majority of his legs dangling off the edge. You, on the other hand, were apprehensive at his approach, cautiously wondering if your modest dining table could handle the rampant motions of two adult bodies on top of it at once. Should the legs give way and the table collapses, the gravity of your descent would put all your weight onto him. What if you hurt him as a result?
“Love, what’s the holdup?” your boyfriend called, breaking your train of thought, “Come, your throne awaits.” He patted his chest—a rather peculiar place to sit but your cunt pulsed at the image of you riding that gorgeous face of his.
“O-Okay, I’m just afraid of hurting you, is all,” you said, pulling at the hem of your apron for security.
He raised his upper body halfway to see the hesitance painted on your features. “Y/n, there’s no need to worry, I wouldn’t have thought of doing this if I couldn’t handle it,” he assured, his hand reaching out for you. “Trust me. I won’t let anything happen to us.”
You stared at the hand hovering in front of you and then at Shouto’s eyes glimmering with faith, and you knew you could trust his word. So you take his hand, climbing onto the table and over his body where you straddled his chest.
“Dining tables are meant to be eaten on, right? Well, I intend to devour you until your legs are shaking beside me, sweetheart,” he promised. He stroked up and down your thighs tauntingly. Your breaths hitched as he maneuvered you above his face, moving the flap of your apron so you could feel his cold breath against your lower lips.
“As much as I appreciate all those confections you made for me, they all pale in comparison to the sweetest delight here–” He uttered praises to your core while rubbing the soft flesh of your thighs. “This pretty, soft, and dripping pussy.”
Warmth spread across your cheeks at his lewd words and how close in proximity he was to your twitching center. The one thing you detested about this apron at this moment was the fact it blocked you from what Shouto was doing, the bottom half lying right above his face. To him, however, it made everything all the more entertaining.
Despite being the one trapped under you, it must have felt like you were more in the dark than he was. After all, he was the one asserting dominance in this situation, and with a layer of fabric hiding his face, you had no idea how or when he was going to eat you out. His deafening silence was not offering you one bit of reassurance either. If he truly intended to devour you atop this table, he should just do it already.
“...Sho? Are you—Ah!” Upon questioning him, your words were choked by your surprised squeal, feeling him delicately kiss your folds with chilly lips attached to your warm pussy. You opened your mouth to speak again, yet you struggled to search for words as Shouto’s tongue flattened against you, licking a long strip before latching onto your sensitive pearl. The more he relentlessly sucked and teased, the more you sang out with waves of pleasure quivering through your body.
Hearing your beautiful noises, he chuckled, tongue vibrating on your clit. Every sound you produced made his cock stutter, still leaking and begging for attention beneath his briefs.
Not liking how inactive you were—simply sitting on his face and waiting for yourself to come undone on his tongue—you reached behind yourself to trail your hand down his abdomen. His body tensed, abs immediately flexing at your soft touch. You noticed his ministrations falter in their rhythm.
“B-Baby, what are you doing?” he questioned, pulling himself off of you to concentrate on your hand running along the waistband of his briefs. His fingers dug into your flesh as you found his length, tentatively giving it a pump that gave birth to a strained noise below the flap of your apron.
“You’ve been doing all the work so far, Sho. I just want you to enjoy yourself,” you said. His eyebrows were scrunched, hissing through his teeth at your thumb grazing his slit, mixing his precum around the tip.
“I am enjoying myself—this is all I could ever ask for,” he replied honestly. He lifted the frilly material off his face so you could discover your slick running down his lips and neck, the blush spread across his fair cheeks an more than sufficient indication that he derived nothing but delight from being in this position. He looked like an absolute mess, yet the debauched sight made both your heart and pussy flutter.
“But if you want to join in, I won’t stop you.”
At that, Shouto detached himself from your sweetness for just a second to quickly reposition you above him. You were adjusted to where you were practically on all fours on the table now, facing the prominent bulge raised on his briefs while your fluttering cunt was somehow even more obscenely split in front of him. You were thankful the piece of furniture stayed intact throughout the motions, pleasantly astounded by its strength. However, you couldn’t pause to be impressed by this detail for long. Not when Shouto’s aching erection pleaded for you to continue touching it.
Your hand returned to its original place—wrapped around his heavy length that wept with precum coating the surface of its mushroom top. As you stroked it up and down in a consistent rhythm, you altered your grip to tighten more around him.
“Ooh yeah, that’s it, baby. Just like that… Ahhhh, fuckkkk—” You were rewarded by his praises and groans at the splendid pressure surrounding his dick. It encouraged you to keep up your pace and add another hand to the fray to increase the tension.
“You’re doing so well, making me feel so fucking good, love. Can you add your mouth for me now?” he requested, and you happily complied. Your tongue flattened against his cock, noting every vein and twitch running across your wet muscle that reduced Shouto to muttering obscenities behind you. Reaching the top, you swirled your tongue along the tip before taking the entire head into your warm cavern. Shouto’s thighs flexed, body almost trembling at how heavenly you made him feel. He couldn’t be outdone.
You let out a whine on his cock, feeling his mouth working against you again. This time you felt the effects stronger than before as Shouto spread your pussy lips to grant him better access to tongue fuck you. He stimulated every sensitive area with practiced ease, making sure to flick your clit with extra vigor to achieve the best results. You delivered in your reactions—legs shaking and knees slowly and deliberately being reduced to jelly.
Even ensnared in ecstasy, you did your best to adapt to his intensity, engulfing him more into your mouth. Your hands worked together to maximize the most pleasure you could give him, fondling his balls and gripping the base of his cock.
The lewdest of sounds filled the room in an unrelenting symphony. From your muffled whimpers to your pussy squelching in the presence of Shouto’s mouth purring against you, there was no shortage of bliss evident in the atmosphere. Hearing yourselves in the throes of rapture as you devoured each other’s whole beings like starved animals, you two were simultaneously climbing toward your highs.
“Shit, keep doing just that baby, and I’m going to paint that pretty mouth of yours white,” he warned half-heartedly. You purred, the enthusiasm laced your tone informing Shouto you wanted him to do just that. He was pleased by your response.
“You want it, don’t you, you slutty girl? Well, I expect you to drown me in your honey while I cover your throat with my cum then.” Those were the last words he spared you before proceeding to manifest them into reality. His hands dug themselves in the flesh below your ass cheeks, exposing your pussy to his appendage that swiped away at your clit until shockwaves made you tremble above him.
You were the first to come undone, juices running down your thighs and boyfriend’s chin. Your cries were muffled amidst Shouto’s dick caught down your throat, tightening around his length, which surged with spurts of white all over your mouth. You swallowed every single drop of his seed, wiping at the excess on your lips as you released the hero’s cock with a loud pop.
After taking a moment to catch your breaths, you carefully moved off of each other. Shouto steadied you on his lap, letting you straddle him as he sat on the edge of the table. He intertwined your fingers through his and brought them to his lips to place a tender kiss on the back of your hand.
“I love you, sweetheart.”
“I love you too, Shouto. Happy Valentine’s Day.”
1K notes · View notes
watchmegetobsessed · 4 years ago
Text
An Ocean Away - Harry Styles
Sequel to Tastes Like Strawberries 🍓 !
a/n: ahhh! thank you so much for the love you showed TLS! i already had more planned for the story, but all your comments motivated me to do this part 2! it’s an emotional one so brace yourselves! further in the chapter i placed the song that inspired the title and i listened to it while writing so i suggest you do the same!
pairing: professor!Harry x Reader
warning: sexual content
word count: 12.7k
masterlist
Tumblr media
You walk down the familiar hallway texting back Eden that you are not spending the night at home again.
Eden: You really need to tell me about the dick that keeps you so busy these days.
Y/N: I never said a thing about any dick.
Eden: Oh please, you surely got yourself a rebound after Harry, you can’t tell me otherwise.
Y/N: Don’t you get a rebound when you broke up with someone? I was never together with Harry, so it doesn’t make sense.
Eden: You had a thing!! Okay, whatever. Keep your little secrets, I guess it’s fine…
Y/N: Love you!
Chuckling to yourself you put the phone away and stop at the door you know all too well, knocking two times before you open it and poke your head inside.
Harry is sitting at his desk, his reading glasses sitting low on the bridge of his nose as he is vigorously scribbling something down into his notebook. He lifts his head at your arrival and you shut the door closed behind you.
“Hello, professor,” you smile at him teasingly, walking around his desk as he pushes himself back a little so you can sit on his lap, pecking his lips gently.
“Hey, done for the day?” he asks, his fingers tenderly stroking your thighs over the fabric of your jeans.
“Yeah. We can leave if you’re done,” you nod.
“Just a few more minutes, alright?”
“Sure,” you nod, standing up from his lap so he can finish his work while you sit on the little loveseat he has in the corner, right under the window.
It’s been six weeks since New Year’s Eve, the new semester has officially started, you’re working your way towards your degree as this is officially your last semester, but what’s more important that you and Harry have been a couple for six weeks following the heated actions of New Year’s Eve.
Harry is still quite anxious about the whole thing, always on high alert and he even asked you to lie to Eden and Nat too. You tried to fight him on that, but you could tell how much he wanted to protect what you had so you decided to feed them this elaborate story about how you and Harry had a fight on New Year’s Eve and realized that it would have never worked out so you agreed to stay just friends. It seems like they believed, because they’ve been keen on trying to set you up with someone while you just keep dodging their attempts, sneaking around with Harry behind their back.
Other than the continuous lying and sneaking around, things have been going well with him. You’ve been spending a lot of time at his place, the only hiding spot where you can be carefree around each other without always watching out for others around you.
Today is Valentine’s day and though your opportunities to celebrate are very slim, having anything that’s slightly public crossed out of the list, that still doesn’t stop the two of you from having a good night in.
You watch him curiously as he is reading the lines of someone’s essay probably, or some test, whatever. Holding the pen ready to use whenever he finds something incorrect, he furrows his eyebrows at something before crossing out a line, mouthing the words he writes to the side of the page. He doesn’t wear his glasses that often, but he’s been complaining about having dry eyes these past days so it’s no surprised he switched to them from his contact lenses.
“You look sexy in your glasses, have I told you that?”
He glances at you, a small smirk tugging on his lips before he returns to the paper in front of him.
“Think they make me look older,” he mumbles under his breath.
“Nah, not more at least than your grandpa sweaters,” you tease him, earning a ‘Really? This again?’ look from him that makes you chuckle.
You busy yourself while Harry finishes his work and then you head out together, strictly keeping the distance between each other. Walking out of the building Harry heads to the left where the car park is while you take a turn to the right. It’s been your usual, since you can’t have anyone see you get into Harry’s car so casually, so you usually walk down to the small café near Building D, because there’s a very narrow little street running behind it where you can get into the car without anyone noticing you. You do the same now too before finally heading back to Harry’s place. Sinking into the comfortable seat, you stare out the window, thinking about how it’s just been six weeks since New Year’s Eve, but it feels like you’ve been together with Harry for months. Despite his many doubts and hesitant act, it was easy to fall into a kind of routine with him, and even more easier to get used to the thought that he is yours and you are his.
During these six weeks you’ve learned quite a few things about him, things women on campus would die to know and they were handed over to you on a silver plate by Harry himself.
One, he is a very touchy person, of course, when he has the chance for it. In the safety of his home or when you have a few minutes for yourselves in his office, he always likes to have his hand on your back or waist, he loves touching your hips or cheeks, caressing the skin wherever it shows from under your clothes. He is also very cuddly, likes to wrap you in his arms when you’re watching TV and when it’s time to sleep the first thing he does is to pull you into his embrace. You usually wake up in the morning with him completely wrapped around you, limbs thrown over you, face buried into your chest or stomach. He is a messy sleeper, but also a fucking adorable one.
Two, he is a good cook but not that good at baking. He says it’s the universe’s sign that he shouldn’t eat as much sweet stuff as he does, but in reality he just sucks at measuring the ingredients. He never follows the recipe, easily goes with things his own way and then he is surprised when it doesn’t turn out as it should.
Three, he notices the smallest things you’d never. Like how you hate it when the Sun is shining right into your face so he always makes sure to draw the blinds in the evening, or that you prefer sleeping with more pillows so he just simply gives you an extra without even asking every time you’re spending the night. He cares so much about you to the smallest details, it always makes your heart flutter.
And four, though he keeps a tough act in school, he is a lovesick puppy when no one is around, likes to be the small spoon when cuddling, absolutely adores it when you cup his face in your palms and kiss it all over. Loves it when you play with his hair or when you hug him from behind, kissing between his shoulder blades. He always tells you how pretty you are and never misses a chance to sneak a kiss from you. You couldn’t imagine him do any of these before you really knew him, but now you see that all these little things are just as much parts of him like the version of him he shows at school. You feel lucky to be able to see him like this and you’ll probably never get bored of it.
Arriving to his place you drop your bag off at the bedroom before you join him in the kitchen, already eyeing the flyer to the nearby Italian place that delivers.
“How about pizza?” he hums, eyebrows knitted together as he scans the menu.
“Sounds good. Can we order dessert too?” Walking past him you kiss his shoulder before grabbing a glass for yourself, filling it with tap water.
“Oh, no need,” he shyly answers, glancing at you. “We… have dessert.”
You watch him with curious eyes as he disappears in his little study before emerging with a plate filled with pink cupcakes. They look wobbly, the cream on top is not the same on either of them, but because you know he made them, they are the most perfect you’ve ever seen.
He places the plate to the counter with a shy smile before turning to you.
“Happy Valentine’s Day,” he murmurs, hands finding your hips as he pulls you in for a kiss.
“Oh baby, did you stay up last night to make these?” you ask, touched that he took the time and energy to surprise you with something. Harry nods and you kiss his dimples softly.
“Mm, they are strawberry flavored,” he smirks boyishly.
“We are never escaping strawberries,” you chuckle softly as you dip your fingertip into the cream on top of one of the cakes, tasting it. “Hmm, this is actually good,” you tell him.
“Yeah, the cream is kind of okay, dunno about the rest though,” he admits chuckling.
“As long as it’s not poisonous, I’ll love it,” you giggle kissing his lips again softly. “Alright, but I can’t go over the fact that we agreed on no gifts for Valentine’s Day,” you say giving him a look.
“S’not a gift, just… a little gesture,” he shrugs innocently.
“Okay, then you can’t get mad over my little gesture,” you smirk at him, peeling his arms off you before you run into his bedroom to get his gift.
You really weren’t planning to give him anything, but you had a good idea last minute and couldn’t just not do it. Digging into your bag you pull out the little box and join him in the kitchen again, handing it to him.
“It’s not fair if you spent money on it,” he pouts, but you just roll your eyes.
“You spent money on the cupcakes too. But besides, I didn’t spent a penny on it. Open it!” You urge him.
Harry huffs but takes the lid off, revealing a stack of Polaroid photos. In this not too ideal situation the two of you are living in, there’s no chance you can ever post anything about him, even though there are quite a few cute photos of you with Harry. Eden recently bought a Polaroid printer and you borrowed it to print your favorite pictures of the two of you. There’s one from the morning after New Year’s Eve, just a silly selfie you took in bed, then one with the band from Harry’s birthday recently, a photo of the two of you backstage of one of his gigs you took in the mirror, he has his guitar in his hands as you stand next to him smiling widely. There are a few more with Sarah, Mitch, Charlotte and Adam and at the very end of the stack… some special ones.
You watch him go through them smiling warmly until he reaches the last few and freezes. You took the courage to take a few spicy ones of yourself in your favorite lingerie and thought it would be sexy to print them out as well and give them to him.
“I hope you’re not thinking about selling them already,” you chuckle. Harry glances up at you before shaking his head with a playful smirk.
“Was just a little surprised by them,” he admits.
“Do you… like them?”
“Oh baby, I love them, you look… wow,” he breathes out going over the pictures one more time. “But I’m gonna have to lock these away so no one finds them. Adam likes to go over my stuff when he is over, I definitely don’t want him to find them.”
“You better keep them safe because if anyone sees them I’m burying myself,” you snort.
Harry puts the stack of photos back into the box before leaning down he cups your face and kisses you gently.
“Thank you, love the pictures. All of them,” he adds cheekily and you feel yourself blushing.
He leans in to kiss you again, putting the box aside to the counter and this time it’s not just one short kiss, he carries it on, taking his time with your lips, savoring and tasting you without a worry in the world. It grows more and more passionate, tongues clashing and you tug at his hair, lacing your fingers through his locks, a moan escaping his pink lips.
You start inching backwards until your backside meets the edge of the counter. Harry doesn’t hesitate to pull your sweater off of you, throwing it behind before his lips are pressed against yours again. It doesn’t take long for his shirt and pants and your jeans to end up on the floor somewhere behind him, leaving you both in just your underwear. You kiss down his neck and collarbones, your lips gliding across his tattooed chest as you slowly slide down to your knees, hands moving over his growing bulge.
Hooking your fingers into the elastic of his boxers, you tug them down and pull his erection out, already so hard for you and you barely even touched him.
“What does my Valentine deserve for making me cupcakes?” you hum, teasingly pumping him a few times with your hands. Harry whimpers under your touch, but doesn’t answer so you stop your hands and look up at him. “Talk to me, what do you want?”
“Your mouth,” he breathes out, his eyes meeting yours, filled with lust and hunger only for you. Smirking to yourself you lick his length up before gently kissing the head, swirling your tongue around the tip before you slowly take him into your mouth.
“Oh fuck, baby!” he pants when you start bobbing your head, pumping the base in sync with your head’s movements.
His hand comes to the back of your head, fingers lacing through your hair. He doesn’t force you, he never does, just likes to hold onto you. You try to take him deeper and deeper with each movement until you fit his whole cock into your mouth, keeping it there for a few seconds before pulling away and letting him go.
“You’re gonna be the death of me,” he mumbles, helping you up from the floor, kissing your lips hard as he is already pulling your panties down your legs. “How do you want it?”
“From behind,” you tell without hesitation, turning around so you can lean onto the counter and push your ass up for him.
You feel one of his hands stroke down your spine while the other one reaches between your legs, his fingers finding your clit, drawing gentle circles on it at first before he goes a little harder, making you moan his name.
“Harry, please!” you beg, the need to feel him growing with each passing second.
He pulls his hand back, grabbing his hard cock as he lines himself up with you, one hand on his shaft, the other one holding your hip firmly to keep you in place. First he pushes just the tip inside and when he is sure you’re ready to take more, he slides all of him inside, filling you up perfectly.
“Shit, you feel so fucking good. Always so good,” he breathes out, both his hands coming to grip your waist as his hips meet your ass from behind.
He starts moving, going a little soft at the beginning before he gets rougher, his hips smacking against your ass with each thrust. You arch your back and push your ass up so you’re angled just perfectly for him, he runs a hand up your back, sliding it under the clasp of your bra and he leaves it there while fucking you from behind oh so well.
“Harry, oh my God!” you groan when he starts hitting that one spot that makes you go crazy.
“Feeling good, baby?”
“Fuck! So good!” you gasp, feeling the pleasure building up with each thrust. “Go harder!” you beg and once he has both hands on your hips again he does as you asked, railing into you hard, making you keep gasping for air.
“Getting close? Tell me when you’re about to cum, baby.”
“I’m close, please don’t stop!” you pant, hands holding onto the counter’s edge for dear life.
He reaches around you, a hand coming between your legs as his fingers find your clit again, adding to the sensation as he starts playing with it just the way you like it.
“Fuck, fuck! I’m gonna cum! Harry!” you moan uncontrollably and he growls deeply from his chest.
“Cum with me, baby. Give it to me,” he breathes out sharply and he just keeps railing you hard, fingers working on your clit until he feels your walls clench around his dick. “Oh fuck, yes, baby! Cum on my cock!” he gasps and at the same time as you go through your orgasm, you feel him twitch inside you, coming hard with you at the same time. “Jesus fuck! I love you, Y/N!”
You gasp at his words, eyes snapping open in the middle of your orgasm and all air pushes out of your lungs for a moment.
He whimpers and moans, thrusting into you a few more times before he comes to a halt, both of you panting like crazy, coming off your high. When he slowly slides his softening cock out of you, you turn around and look into his eyes. For a moment you thought he just said it in the heat of the moment and he didn’t even realize it, but when your eyes meet his, you can tell he is a little afraid of what your reaction is going to be.
“Did you mean that?” you quietly ask as he tucks his dick back into his boxers, pulling them up, but you don’t bother to put your underwear back on, standing there in only your bra.
“I-I did. I didn’t mean to say it now, but I did mean it,” he nods. “Is it… too soon?”
“No,” you smile at him, stepping closer so you can cup his face in your palms, kissing his lips softly. “I love you too.”
“You do?” he asks, surprised at your reaction.
“Of course, silly. I wouldn’t give my nudes to someone I don’t,” you joke making him chuckle, his arms coming to curl around your waist.
“Sorry, this wasn’t too… romantic,” he breathes out and you press a kiss to the corner of his mouth.
“You said you love me while fucking me on Valentine’s Day after exchanging cute gifts. I think it’s romantic,” you chuckle, finally making him smile. “Besides, I don’t care about the setting, just feels nice to hear you say it.”
“Yeah?” “Mhm, care to say it again so I can see your eyes as well?”
“I love you,” he softly murmurs, his forehead resting against yours.
“Yeah, feels better when I can actually look at you,” you chuckle kissing him softly. “I love you too.”
Tumblr media
It’s definitely not just fun and games, being in a secret relationship that no one can know about. It surely adds a lot of tension into the situation, having to be so careful all the time and be reserved to the point where you can’t even be seen too often together.
As the semester carries on you always keep your ears open if there’s anything going on about you and Harry. Though you only limit your time together on campus to the bare minimum, only talking on rare occasions, you still want to make sure no one is getting the wrong (or right) idea about what is going on between the two of you.
The worst part is probably having to lie to Eden and Nat all the time. You spend about three nights at Harry’s every week and you have to lie every time you leave. After a while you tell them that you’re dating this new guy but he wants to keep it low-key because he recently broke up with his previous girlfriend. That gives them enough peace not to nag you all the time but you can tell they really want to meet this new man in your life.
You’ve tried to discuss it with Harry, tell him that they won’t tell anyone but it ended in a fight and you kind of gave up. Harry is way too keen on keeping it a secret and it’s clear he is not gonna make any exceptions. At least it’s the same with his friends, the two of you act like just friends when you’re out with the band though you have a suspicion that Sarah can see through the act. However she chooses not to talk about it so it’s kept hidden.
You don’t fight much with Harry, but when you do, it’s major. You both can get really into the argument and it easily gets way too heated, turning into a screaming match until you both realize you should just talk it out and have a little more understanding for each other. The makeup sex after a fight however… that’s something that makes up for every nasty thing that’s said in the heat of the moment.
Nearing the end of the semester you both start to grow more stressed, you about finishing your last classes, your thesis and studying for your finals, Harry about the growing pile of essays and tests waiting to be graded. A lot of the time when you’re at his place you both are busy with your own stuff and only have the chance to actually be with each other when you go to bed. It takes a toll on the both of you, but you’re determined to make it work. Despite the unfortunate nature of how you are forced to maintain your relationship, it’s the healthiest one you’ve ever head and you definitely won’t give up on it too easily.
Though you, Nat and Eden turn in your thesis works mid-April, the semester is still not done for the three of you, the final exams are threateningly close at this point. Spring has officially kicked in, the weather is mostly clear and sunny, allows you to stay outside again and you take advantage of it.
One particular afternoon the three of you are lounging under the pergola, all three of you buried in a book or your notes when you spot Harry walking towards the building. You keep your eyes on him as he slowly approaches you, his gaze meets yours and he smiles at you shortly. It’s all you can get out in the public, but it’s more than nothing.
“Isn’t it hard to see him?” Eden asks and glancing her way you see that she is looking at Harry who is now busy with his phone.
“Why would it be?”
“I don’t know, you clearly had a thing for him and it wasn’t even just a one-sided flirting like every other women had with him. I couldn’t be around him if it happened to me.”
“It’s not like anything major happened. It was all bad timing and the situation wasn’t good. It’s better this way,” you tell her, trying to sound convincing while the guilt is eating you on the inside. All these lies are clouding over your head and you have a feeling they will come down on you pouring one day.
“Still crazy that you are friends with his friends though,” Nat chimes in, squinting her eyes in the sunshine.
“Yeah, you are literally the only person on campus who gets to see him in his private life,” Eden nods. If only they knew how much you see him privately!
“It’s not that crazy,” you shrug, turning back to your book.
You all get back to work, forgetting about Harry, or at least Nat and Eden does, because you get a text from him shortly after he disappeared in the building.
Harry: You look very pretty today :)
Y/N: Flirting with me on campus, professor?
Harry: Can’t help it.
Y/N: You look handsome too, it’s a shame I can’t kiss you stupid!
Harry: Patience!
 “Y/N? Did you hear what I said?” Nat grabs your attention from the phone and you realize she was talking to you.
“What? Uh, sorry.”
“I said that we should go out this weekend. It’s been ages since we last did anything other than studying.”
“I’m not sure…”
“Don’t come with your usual, rambling about how we shouldn’t have any fun before we finish,” Eden rolls her eyes.
“That’s not what I say. I just think that we have priorities.”
“I don’t know about you, but it’s a priority for me to have fun, so I’m down for a night out.
“I think I’m passing,” you mumble. You already made plans for the weekend with Harry, take a hike up the hills since the weather has been nice and it would be great to spend time together outside the house. The hiking routes are far away enough from town that uni students don’t like to take the hustle to drive all the way out so you’ll be fine being together outside.
“If you want to say that you have something planned with your mystery man, don’t even bother. If it’s not his birthday, we are overruling him,” Eden scoffs and you roll your eyes at her.
“Just go without me.”
“That’s not the same!” Nat whines. “Come on, Y/N. For once choose us!”
“That’s rude I choose you guys a lot of times!”
“Not since you’ve been spending half your life with some man and the other half in the library.”
“Yeah, we feel abandoned!” Nat pouts at you, trying to make you feel bad and in all honesty, she is succeeding.
“We can doll ourselves up, have fancy cocktails and all that, it’s gonna be fun! Come on, just one night! I can’t take another Saturday sitting in my room, reading my notes,” Eden growls and you sigh in defeat.
“Alright, I guess I’m in,” you mumble and your friends start cheering as if you just declared that men and women are going to get paid equally from now on.
Tumblr media
You can tell Harry is bummed that you have to cancel your weekend plans, but he is also trying to be understanding.
“I couldn’t bring up a relevant argument so they made me say yes,” you growl when later that day you’re cuddling on his couch after dinner.
“S’fine,” he sighs, leaning down he pecks your lips shortly.
“Wish I could just tell them that I had plans with you,” you breathe out.
“Y/N…” “I know!” you roll your eyes. “It’s just that it would be nice if I could at least tell them the truth.”
“We already talked about this,” he sighs.
“I know, but that doesn’t change the fact that it bothers me,” you point out. “Am I not allowed to feel that way?”
“You are, I just don’t get why you keep bringing it up when there’s literally nothing I can do about it,” he retorts.
“Well there is, you just choose not to.” And with that, you officially pick another fight with him.
It’s not that you enjoy fighting with him, not at all, but the situation is so not ideal and you find his overprotectiveness a little too much at times. You don’t understand why you can’t share it with your two closest friends. You could at least tell Sarah or the other guys, have anyone know about the two of you, but literally no one on Earth knows that you are a couple and it’s bugging you way more than it probably should.
“Why are you so damn keen on making others know about us? What does that have to do with anything?” he growls throwing his hands into the air, standing in the opposite end of the room as you keep pacing the floor, the urge to keep on moving taking over you.
“Because—“ you snap, but stop yourself. You know if you say it out loud, he’ll think you’re stupid.
“Because what?!”
“Because i-it makes me feel like we are not even real! I can’t talk about us, I can’t touch you outside of this house, no one knows we are a thing and it’s so fucking nerve-wrecking, Harry!” you break down, feeling your throat closing up. You didn’t mean to get emotional over this, but you’ve been bottling it up for a while now.
Harry’s shoulder fall forward as he sees the change in you, the heat of the fight long forgotten. He crosses the room, hands reaching up to cup your face in his palms, his thumbs running across the soft skin under your eyes as he wipes the tears away.
“Baby, I know. You think I don’t want to show you off? I want to hold your hand and just take a walk with you, kiss you whenever I want to, show all the horny fratboys on campus that you’re taken. I know it’s hard, but we really don’t have a choice until the end of the semester.”
He gently kisses the tip of your nose before pulling you to his chest, your arms circle around his waist as you bury your face into the crook of his neck, trying to stop your sobs.
“I’m sorry. I really wish it was all different,” he murmurs, kissing into your hair softly.
“No, I’m sorry for bitching about this all the time. I knew what we were getting into,” you exhale sharply. “It just… really sucks.”
“It does. But we just have to be patient.”
You manage to put the fight behind and move on in peace, but a tiny thought remains buzzing in the very back of your mind. What happens when you finish school? Will it all be different? Harry will still be a professor and if people see you around together, they will know you were one of his students. What’s gonna be the difference? If he is so on edge now, something is telling you he won’t be changing dramatically and it concerns you. A lot.
Tumblr media
Not willingly, but you go out with Nat and Eden on Saturday. You go to a place that’s quite popular between students, you can most likely always find familiar faces from lecture halls and classes. It’s close to campus and more on the cheap side, the perfect spot for uni students for a night of fun.
As expected, you run into some people from school and they invite the three of you to sit with them at their table which comes in handy, because there’s no empty place by the time you arrive.
One drink follows the other and you easily get tipsy especially because you skipped on dinner before heading out. Though you weren’t in the mood for tonight, you find yourself enjoying the conversation and the company. It really has been long since the last time you went out with the girls and it’s nice to spend some time with them without the books and notes.
A debate starts about whose course one of the boys, Jace should take next semester.
“Professor Peltz is fucking boring, dude,” Nat growls, taking a sip from her drink. “Had him last semester, I could barely stay awake during his lectures.”
“Yeah, but they say he gives good grades easily,” Jace argues.
“Okay, but who else can you choose from again?” Lydia, a girl who lived a few doors down from you when you lived in a dormitory your first year.
“Um, Professor Makley and Professor Styles.”
You freeze at the mention of Harry, especially upon hearing Lydia’s reaction.
“Jace, choose Professor Styles! He is so fucking hot!”
“Not that it matters to me, Lyd,” Jace chuckles.
“Oh come on, I know even guys think he is hot.”
You feel like an intruder in the conversation, keeping quiet as you listen to her rave about how hot she finds Harry. It’s like you are eavesdropping on something that wasn’t meant for your ears, but it’s just the guilt bubbling inside you once again, because you know you won’t be able to say a word without having to lie.
“She has a point,” another guy, Garrett chimes into the conversation. “The man is handsome and I’m not even ashamed to admit it.”
“See?” Lydia chuckles. “He is sexy and smart, the whole package. I’ve been daydreaming about him since first year.”
You catch Eden’s look, but you just busy yourself with gulping from your vodka cranberry, feeling uncomfortable in the situation but not even for the reason she thinks. Eden must think it’s weird because you had an actual thing with Harry, but the truth is… that thing is still very much ongoing.
“I would let that man do whatever he wants with me,” Lydia adds sighing longingly, and you are having a hard time to hold your tongue. Unfortunately, you don’t succeed.
“Not sure he wants anything to do with you,” you mumble into your drink and though you hoped your comment would stay unnoticed, but you are out of luck.
“You don’t know that for sure,” Lydia slyly replies, a bit too full of herself for your liking. Yes, she is pretty and definitely doesn’t have problem with guys, but she is a little too confident about Harry if you’re being honest.
“I’m sorry?” you ask with a soft, bit annoyed chuckle.
“I’m just saying that we’ll never know who he finds attractive, because we all know he keeps himself so far from his students.”
“Yeah, maybe because he is not interested in any of his students,” you point out.
“As if he would ever make a move on any of us,” she snorts and you are losing your temper. You shouldn’t have had so much to drink, because now you really can’t hold your tongue.
“You can never know, Lydia. You can’t know if he acts the way he does because he is just trying to be professional or because he is, and consider this, not interested in you. Maybe he would actually act up on his feelings but you’re just not his type.”
Your comment is more like just a harsh comeback to Lydia’s words, but Nat and Eden kind of catch on that something is up with you. Ignoring their questioning looks you chug down your drink and soon excuse yourself to get some fresh air. No surprise that they follow you like puppies.
“Girl, what was that inside?” Nat asks as the three of you stand near the entrance of the bar, a few smoking guests littering the area.
“I have no idea what you are talking about,” you mumble, clearly avoiding to look at any of them, wrapping your arms around your upper body as if you were trying to keep your shit together physically.
“You snapped at Lydia for saying Professor Styles might have a thing for her,” Eden points out, but you just bite the inside of your cheeks.
“Because it was bullshit.”
“Why does that matter to you? Not that you’re together with him or something,” Nat argues and you roll your lips into your mouth, trying to keep a straight face but they know you way better than that. They gasp at the same time, Eden grabbing your forearm forcefully that makes you scowl.
“Hey! That hurts!” you whine, but she couldn’t care less.
“Are you fucking around with Professor Styles?” Nat whisper yells at you, eyes wider than ever.
“I mean… we’re not fucking around,” you mumble, looking down at your shoes as you kick the dirt around. “We’re kinda serious.”
“Holy fucking shit!” Eden snaps, drawing some attention at her and you let out an awkward chuckle at the glances the three of you get. “Are you fucking joking right now?”
“No, I am… not,” you admit, feeling a little relieved that you finally said it, but you also feel like you let Harry down with it.
“How long?” Nat questions in shock.
“Since New Year’s Eve. So… almost four months.”
“So he is the one you’ve been seeing all this time? The guy you didn’t want to talk about?”
“Um, yeah. It’s not that I didn’t want to talk about him, we just agreed that it’s safer if no one knows.”
“I’m speechless, Y/N,” Eden shakes her head in disbelief. “I can’t fucking believe you kept it from us for this long!”
“I know, I felt so shitty, but it’s such a complicated situation, it’s so risky, we don’t want it to ruin us.”
“Obviously,” Nat nods understandingly. “And now I see why you snapped so harshly at Lydia.”
“I just couldn’t stand her talking like that. You guys have no idea how hard it is to keep every fucking thought to myself.”
“Why do I have a feeling it has a little more to it than to just Lydia drooling over Harry?” Nat arches an eyebrow at you, folding her arms over her chest.
“Yeah, you’ve been oddly tensed lately,” Eden agrees.
“It’s just pretty stressful to have a secret relationship, it causes a lot of tension. And I’ve been… I’m not sure anything is going to change after I graduate, if I’m being honest.”
“What do you mean?” Nat asks.
“I just…” you sigh, all your thoughts you kept to yourself flooding back to you at once, overwhelming you in a situation that’s already a bit too much to handle. “We keep saying that it’s gonna change when I graduate, but I don’t see it. He is so overprotective and even if I graduate, people will find out that I was once his student. And it might not be against the rules anymore, but we’ll be judged. I didn’t think it through before, but it’s now starting to be more and more clear for me and I just… don’t know if we can make it work.”
You feel the tears forming in your eyes, you’ve been keeping this to yourself for way too long now and saying it out loud just broke the dam. When Nat and Eden sees your lips trembling and the watery eyes you’re trying to blink away, they don’t hesitate to pull you into a tight hug.
“Aw, don’t cry! It makes me want to cry too!” Nat chuckles softly as they sandwich you between them.
“It just sucks so much, because I love him, but I feel like we met at the wrong time and place,” you sob, letting them crush you.
“It happens, baby. It happens. You’ll figure it out!” Eden kisses your forehead before they let go of you. “Want to go home?”
“It’s still early, don’t want to kill the party. I think I’ll just… head over to Harry’s for now. Is that okay?”
“Of course, do whatever makes you feel better,” Nat assures you, giving your hand a gentle squeeze.
“I’m sorry I was such a party pooper.”
You call yourself an Uber and text Harry that you are going over. Twenty minutes later you are walking up the stairs to his house and he opens the front door before you could even reach for the doorknob.
“Hey, baby,” he breathes out softly and you don’t say a word, just wrap your arms around his waist, burying your face into the crook of his neck. “Hey, what happened? Didn’t have a good time with your friends?” He delicately caresses your hair, walking the two of you inside so he can close the door before wrapping both his arms around you, holding you close to his chest.
“Don’t really want to talk about it,” you mumble and it’s the truth. You’re tired of these thoughts though you know you should talk to him about how you’ve been feeling about the two of you lately. Part of you is hoping something will just magically solve the whole situation and you won’t have to deal with it yourself.
Harry makes you a tea while you take a shower and once you are both in bed, you cuddle to his side while he reads some. You are just genuinely enjoying his closeness, because despite everything that’s been haunting you in connection with Harry, you really love this man. Like no one else before and the possibility of the two of you not making it long term scares you more than it probably should.
Tumblr media
The next few weeks come and go in a sense of numbness. Following your emotional breakdown in front of the bar, you kind of push the whole thing to the back of your mind once again, putting all your focus on finishing school. Neither you nor Harry has the energy to put up more fights though you both can feel there’s a lot to talk about, but the end of the semester is just keeping you both way too busy to acknowledge the problems waiting on the corner.
At least there’s one less weight on your shoulders now that Nat and Eden know about you and Harry. You made them swear to their life they won’t tell anyone and you trust them to keep this heavy secret. They’ve been very supportive of the two of you, interrogated you one evening about everything that happened so far, they wanted to make sure Harry treats you the right way. No surprise, he does.
A few weeks before your state exam Harry extends his contract with the school to have him as a professor for another academic year so he is able to keep his visa as well.
You spend your last two weeks buried in your notes before your state exam and Harry gives you all the time and space you need, knowing well how much it means to you to earn the best grade possible.
When you are finally over your exam, you are celebrating at his place. He has bought a little cake and some champagne and you can’t wait to finally spend some time with him without having to worry about your studies.
“I’m proud of you, baby,” he smiles at you, clinking his glass against yours.
“Thank you, feels nice to be finally free,” you chuckle before taking a sip from the champagne.
“My smart girl, knew you’d kill all your exams.” He kisses your lips shortly before squeezing your hand. “How about I run a bath for us, we eat the cake in the tub and then we can watch a movie?”
“Sounds fantastic,” you smile at him before he disappears in the bathroom to get everything ready.
Finishing your champagne you wash the glass quickly and you’re about to cut the cake when your phone buzzes signaling that you’ve just gotten an email. As pull down the notification bar your lips part reading the first few lines. You open the whole thing and read through it eagerly.
It’s a job offer, but not just some lame one that also sounds sketchy at the same time. This one is from one of the biggest investigation offices in London and they are offering you a trainee position as a forensic document examiner with a possible secured spot on their team after one year. The money sounds amazing, the position is perfect, just what you’ve been dreaming of once you are done with school and they are looking forward to hear back from you about a possible interview in the near future.
“Alright, bath is coming together nicely, want to cut the ca—Wha’s up?” Harry questions upon returning from the bathroom, finding you staring at your phone’s screen with widened eyes.
“I, uhh—I just got a… a job offer,” you stutter, still rereading the lines, trying to find a sign that tells you it’s just a joke, but it seems completely genuine.
“What? Baby, that’s amazing!”
“Yeah,” you nod swallowing hard before you look up at him. “It’s in London.”
You watch his face fall from excited and happy to shocked and kind of panicky. You both know what that means, it doesn’t have to be said out loud. Harry just signed another year with the university that’s gonna tie him here for the next 12 months and if you accept the job you’ll be all the way across the world in the UK. Kind of ironic, him, the British guy stuck in the States while you, the American in the relationship, eager to go to the UK.
“That’s… wow. London.”
“Yeah, London,” you nod biting the inside of your cheeks.
“Are you… Are you gonna take it?”
“Well, they want an interview with me, but this is clearly a huge opportunity for me,” you say, not wanting to say the actual words. You feel like saying them would hit you harder than what you can take.
“It clearly is, it’s just that… You want to leave?” he breathes out, eyebrows knitting together.
“This is my only job offer and probably the best I’ll ever get.”
“So you do want to leave,” he forces and it’s pushing your limits.
“Career-wise, of course!” you finally say out loud, unwillingly.
“And what about everything else?”
“I clearly don’t want to leave everything else here, but I will never get a chance like this, Harry. This is the greatest push for someone like me, fresh out of school. I can have a secured spot in a year at a well-respected place. I’m not really in the position to reject offers like this.”
He exhales sharply, running a hand through his hair, clearly unsure about what to do or say in the situation on his hand. You can tell he has a lot to say, but you’re not sure you want to hear all of them.
“Say something?” you softly plead and his eyes meet yours again, filled with concern.
“I just… It took me by surprise, I guess.”
“I wasn’t expecting it either.”
“No, not the job offer,” he shakes his head.
“Then what?”
“That you are ready to leave so easily. It’s like you never even wanted to discuss a version where you stay here, you just decided that you are leaving and that’s it.”
“Did you hear me? I cannot pass on this opportunity, Harry.”
“I did hear you,” he nods, pressing his lips together. “I heard that you didn’t even think about saying no.”
“Why would I say no?”
“Because I’m here, Y/N!” he snaps. “Good to know that I’m not a factor when it comes to decisions as big as leaving the country!”
“You are, Harry, but I need to think about my future career now. I’m not planning to work at an office for the rest of my life and if I pass on this job I might never get anything as good as this one,” you explain, but it seems like the two of you are having two different conversations.
“But why do I feel like it was never an option for you to stay?”
You give him a confused look. He really doesn’t see your point.
“Okay, why was only I supposed to change plans for us? You coming to London doesn’t feel like an option either, why are you trying to turn this against me?”
“I just extended my contract, you know that.”
“I do, and also, while we are at it, you didn’t ask me about that either. You didn’t even wait for me to figure out what I want to do after school, you just assumed that I would be here, but I never said that.” You can tell it hit him hard in the chest but somehow still, he thinks he is right when he isn’t.
“How could have I known you’d want to move across the globe?” he throws his hands up into the air.
“You’re saying this as if I didn’t just get the email and I’ve been plotting this the whole fucking time!”
“I’m just saying that it’s a huge fucking step and you decided so easily, it says a lot about the nature of our relationship.”
“Why are you saying that?!” you snap at him. “Why are you trying to make me the bad guy?”
“I’m not! I’m just saying that it would have been nice if you at least pretended like it was up for debate. You know what it’ll do to us if you move to London.”
“Then come with me!”
“I can’t!” He raises his voice, clearly losing his temper. “I can’t break my contract and you know that too.”
“Well, I can’t afford to say no to the job either and if I’m being honest, I don’t think we could have made it work even if I stayed.” The words leave your mouth before you could think about them, and the cat is finally out of the bag. It seemingly shocked Harry and he is now staring at you with a blank expression, shoulders falling forward.
“What?” he breathes out and you can actually hear his heart breaking. You take a deep breath and rub your face with your palms, trying to collect your thoughts and not just blurt everything out.
“I’ve been thinking and… Even after I’m officially out of the school, people will know that I was your student if they see us together. And I know how important your reputation is for you so I would never put you through any of the shit we might get for us being together. People would judge, no matter what the situation is. I don’t… I just don’t think we can ever make it work here.”
He stays silent, just stares at you, taking in your words and once again, you wish you could read his mind. You almost start begging him to say something when he finally speaks up.
“So you think we don’t have a chance?”
“Not here… maybe not now. I feel like this has been the perfect example of wrong place, wrong time,” you quietly say, a pang of guilt in your tone, this is not how you planned on making this conversation. To be honest, you wished this never had to come, but you were out of luck.
Harry is awfully silent, it’s all over his face how broken he is and you feel the same. You have so much love for this man, yet fate decided you don’t get to share it with him the way you want.
Walking closer you cup his face in your palms, searching for his eyes until his green irises meet your gaze. You run your thumb across his cheekbones, the pads of your fingers gliding softly over the soft skin. His hands slowly find their way to your waist and he pulls you close to him as you kiss him tenderly, a silent confession about just how much you love him.
“I wanted this to work. I wanted this so badly,” he whispers against your lips, his fingers digging into your back as he keeps you tight in his hold.
“I know. Me too,” you smile at him bitterly.
The rest of the evening passes by silently. You take a bath together, finish the cake anyway though even the sweetness can’t help the pain you both feel. Then you lie in bed for hours, just touching and feeling each other, making the best out of the time you have left. It’s unsaid, but you both know your days together are coming to a close end. Kisses and touches turn into some passionate love making, both of you desperate to feel as close to each other as possible and then you fall asleep in each other’s arms.
Tumblr media
If you’re being honest, it’s all a blur following that night. You fix up an interview with London a few days later and they are not shying out of telling you straightforward that they want you there, the job is yours. You have one last short conversation with Harry about you leaving, but it’s more like just a confirmation that yes, it is going to happen and that leaves you with only a few weeks left together before you are packing up to leave the country.
You spend every possible free minute together until graduation where you finally get your degree. Your whole family comes and they cheer on you proudly, Harry standing in the crowd a little farther in the back, but still with a proud smile, a hint of gloominess in his beautiful green eyes. A week later you officially move out of your shared apartment with the girls, it’s a sobbing goodbye since all three of you are leaving in different directions following your graduation. You spend your last two weeks before your departure at home, spending as much time with your family as possible since you won’t be able to see them too often once you leave. Though your mom is dying to take you to the airport to say her final goodbye, you decided to give that time to Harry. He said he would drive to your hometown, pick you up and take you to the airport and you already know it’s gonna turn you into an emotional mess.
Leaving everything behind is hard, but having to say goodbye to Harry is the worst. It’s been a whole emotional rollercoaster for the both of you to get to this point and neither of you are ready to say goodbye, but this is what needs to happen.
That morning, you hug your parents, sister and brother tightly after you load Harry’s car with your two huge suitcases that have your whole life packed in them. You asked your family not to ask any questions about Harry and luckily, they kept quiet the whole time he was there, just treating him as a friend. You couldn’t take having to explain to them who he really is and how you met him, that’s gonna be another conversation for the future when you don’t feel like you’re about to start crying the moment you open your mouth.
The ride to the airport is silent, Harry holds your hand, your glued together palms lying on your lap the whole time. You haven’t even left but you already miss him so much.
Arriving he helps you bring all your stuff inside and patiently waits until you check your baggage in, leaving you with just your carry-on. Standing near the security check, the final moment finally comes and as soon as you look into his eyes you start bawling your eyes out.
“Oh baby, come ‘ere,” he breathes out, pulling you into his arms.
“I’m so sorry, Harry. I told you we would make everything right, but I couldn’t,” you sob into his chest as he holds you tight. You feel like if he let go of you, you’d just turn into a puddle at his feet.
“It wasn’t your fault,” he soothes you, his fingers threading through your hair.
“But it feels like it was,” you choke out. Harry leans back and takes your puffy cheeks between his warm palms, looking deep into your eyes.
“It wasn’t. As you said, it was just a matter of wrong time and place. But I think we brought the best out of it.”
“So… you don’t regret it?” you softly ask, eyebrows knitted together in concern.
“Absolutely not,” he smiles at you kindly. “I loved every moment of it. And I love you.” You notice how he didn’t use past tense when he said he loves you and you can’t decide if it aches your heart more or fills you with joy. A little bit both of them.
“I love you too,” you whisper before pressing your lips against his, savoring them one last time before you leave everything behind.
“Maybe we’ll meet again,” he smiles sweetly when he pulls back, tugging your hair behind your ear with a gentle move.
“I really hope,” you chuckle through your tears. “Take care, Harry,” you tell him, pecking his lips just once more.
“You too, baby,” he smiles, his hands falling to his sides as he lets go of you.
Turning around you walk into security and as you go with the line towards the gates, you glance back one last time. Harry is standing in the exact same spot, eyes glued to you as he watches you disappear from his sight.
Tumblr media
youtube
It feels like the meeting is never coming to its end. You exchange a look with Jasmine, who seems just as tired and done with this two hours long discussion as you are. She grabs her phone from the table and you watch her something type out before she eyes at your device, signaling that she just texted you.
Jas: I need alcohol after this day. Want to have a drink with me after work?
Y/N: YES PLEASE!!!!!!!
You see her smile at her screen before both of you return to your boss at the front, talking about a possible upcoming case.
“And last but not least, I want to take a moment to bring light to the excellent work Y/N, our new full-time colleague did on the Santiago case. The police were highly satisfied with the fast and precise work you did. This was your first official case since you’ve decided to accept our offer to become a full member of our team and transferred from your position as a trainee. Congrats!” William, your boss nods in your way with a proud smile as a round of applause cheers for you from your colleagues.
“You go girl!” Jasmine mouths you from across the table and you just chuckle shaking your head.
The meeting finally wraps up and everyone goes on with their day. You are walking back to your office with Jasmine by your side. Your offices are next to each other and you started working here just three weeks apart. She is the same age as you and was approached the same way as well, it’s just that she moved all the way from Australia. The two of you have grown quite close, starting a new life at the same time in a foreign country, it easily brought you together.
“So are we leaving early for those drinks or what?” she asks poking your side.
“How early?”
“I don’t know, like fifteen minutes? Come on, it’s Friday, everyone leaves early!” You shake your head chuckling at her. She can be so restless sometimes, but it’s just the right amount that she can push you out of the comfort zone just enough.
“Alright.”
“Cool, I’ll come banging on your door,” she winks at you before disappearing for her usual coffee break.
It’s two in the afternoon, you still have a few hours ahead of you and some caffeine sounds perfect actually. Though the coffee at the office is excellent, you’ve grown to like this small place nearby, a family owned business that offers the best you’ve ever had.
You grab your bag from your office and head out for a quick coffee run. The walk to the café is freshening, the weather has been treating you well lately, the Sun is beaming and you can only hope you won’t wake up to pouring rain the next morning.
You think back to how lost you were feeling just a year ago, when all of this around you were so new and a little too much at once. One month into your time in London you even thought about quitting and moving back home. You felt alone and broken, yearning after everything you left behind. Your friends, family, loved ones, everything that was so far away from you.
It took you long weeks, even months to get used to your new life and now you can’t even imagine yourself anywhere else. It doesn’t miss you don’t miss terribly the life you had still, but now you have a lot to be happy about here as well.
Waiting at a crossroad, you find yourself twirling around the strawberry ring on your finger, your thumb fidgeting with it like every time you think about your home. You glance down at it and take a deep breath before the lamp turns green and you continue your walk to the café.
It’s not rush hours so there are only a few people lingering around the small place. You don’t have to think about what you are getting, James, the barista already knows your usual and starts making it right away as you swipe your card paying your drink.
You stand at the side, waiting for your coffee, staring out the window, watching people pass by on this lovely afternoon. Your gaze stops on an old lady sitting on a nearby bench, feeding a group of pigeons and you smile as a little girl runs through the birds, making them fly away instantly. The old lady just smiles at the girl, not holding a grudge that she just scared the birds away.
Your eyes move away, watching businessmen come and go, kids going home from school, wearing their school uniforms, everything just feels so… peaceful.
You are almost about to turn away from the window when your gaze falls on a tall figure near the Sainsbury’s across the road and your lips part as you catch a glimpse of a tattooed arm you know all too well. You blink once, twice, three times, waiting for your eyes to make sure it’s the person you think it is.
Harry is standing right there, holding a little bag of groceries, eyes glued to the screen of his phone, oblivious to your shocked gaze on him. Your feet move before your brain could think it through, they take you out of the café and you stand in the middle of the sidewalk as you call out for him.
“Harry!”
His head snaps up at his name, eyes looking around, searching for the source before they finally find you, a shocked, but seemingly joyful expression plastering over his handsome face. He is quick to shove his phone into his pocket before he watches both ways and runs across the road to meet you on the other side. You can’t push your smile down as you watch him approach you, his tall, fit figure getting closer and closer until he is standing right in front of you, watching you in awe.
“Hey,” he breathes out, both of you a little unsure of what to do, how to greet each other.
It’s been months since you last talked. After your departure you kept in contact, you couldn’t just distance yourself from him so abruptly, but the thousands of miles between the two of you made it almost impossible to maintain a working connection, the time zones, all the work you both were buried under and just life itself made you drift away from each other.
But he is now standing in front of you and though he looks slightly different, he is still the Harry you know and love. He is your Harry.
“What… what are you doing here?” you ask, finally finding your voice.
“Did you forget I’m British?” you teases you and you roll your eyes.
“I mean, are you visiting family or something?”
“I uhh…” he glances down at his feet before his eyes meet yours again. “I’m actually back.”
“What do you mean?”
“My contract ended in July and I didn’t… I didn’t extend it. I came back a few weeks ago.”
Your lips part at the information. Harry is in London, he is now in the same city as you, for the first time in a whole year.
“Really? That’s… wow.” There’s too much you want to tell and ask him, yet you stand there, blinking at him, still lost in the feeling of seeing him for the first time again.
“I actually wanted to contact you when I got back, but I wasn’t… I wasn’t sure how you’d feel about that,” he admits with a nervous chuckle and your eyes soften over him.
“What do you mean? I would have loved it if you called.”
“It’s just that we haven’t talked in a while and I didn’t know… I didn’t know where you’re standing about me.”
“Well, seems like fate did it for you,” you smile at him warmly. “I would love to catch up. I have to head back to work now, but maybe later?”
“What about after work? When are you getting off?”
“I finish at 5.”
“I can meet you at your work if you text me the address.”
“That would be great,” you nod smiling. “My number is still the same, so you’ll know it’s me.”
“Great,” he nods, the corners of his mouth curling up in a boyish smirk. You are just now realizing how much you’ve missed him.
“I, um…” You’re trying to find the right words, still feeling overwhelmed about the sudden run-in, but at last you decide to go for a hug.
Your arms wrap around his waist, he hesitates for a moment before wrapping you in his tight embrace, pressing his cheek against the top of your head. A shiver runs down your spine as the sense of home washes over you all at once, the warmth of Harry’s body making your heart flutter. Unfortunately, the moment must come to an end. His arms fall from around you, just like they did at the airport when you said goodbye to each other over a year ago.
“I’ll… see you later then,” he smiles as you are backing towards the entrance of the café.
“Yeah, later,” you nod and turning around you walk inside.
Arriving back to the office you drop by Jasmine’s office to tell her that you have to postpone your plans after work.
“What is more important than getting drunk with me?” she gasps dramatically.
“I ran into… I met Harry,” you tell her. You told her all about Harry one evening when you were out, just a few months into your stay. It was one of those days when you were feeling extremely homesick, or maybe you just missed him terribly.
“What? Your professor ex?” she asks with widened eyes.
“Yeah.”
“Okay, you are forgiven. Go and get the man back!”
“What?” you chuckle. “We just met after a year, how do you know I want him back? Maybe I just want to catch up with him,” you say, but it’s an obvious and blatant lie and you both know that. Jasmine gives you a look.
“Please, you are still so obviously in love with the man, don’t even try to convince me otherwise.”
You don’t protest, just bite into your bottom lip. You really are in love with him, or the version you knew a year ago. He could be an entirely different person now so you can’t be sure if your feelings are the same about the man you met today.
“Have fun with him and then tell me all about it after, okay?” she beams and you just nod, leaving her to finish her work.
As time is slowly passing by you find yourself growing nervous about seeing Harry. That short little conversation on the street was not enough to calm your nerves. What is he like now? Is he the same? Does he have new hobbies? Is he as happy to see you as you are to see him? What will he think of you? What if he doesn’t like you after all this time?
You try to push the questions to the back of your mind, not wanting to overwhelm yourself too much to the point where you chicken out of seeing him. When you’re on your way down following his text that he is waiting for you in front of the building, you are trying to keep yourself together and remind yourself that it’s just Harry, he might be a little different, but he is still kind of the same.
Luckily, the moment you spot him waiting a few feet away from the entrance, you forget about everything else, he is the only one to exist. He envelopes you in a hug when you arrive, smiling at you warmly.
“Hi, ready to go?” he kindly asks and you nod.
You settle for a nearby bar you’ve actually been to with Jasmine before. Harry insists on paying for the first round of drinks as the two of you settle in a secluded booth at the back. When he is standing at the bar you catch yourself watching him in awe. The situation is quite odd, could have never happened probably back home, the two of you casually out for a drink.
“What’s gotten you so smiley?” he asks upon returning, sitting across you.
“I was just thinking how this is the first time we are out, just the two of us.”
Harry smiles softly, probably appreciating it just the same.
The next couple of hours you both try to share anything and everything that has happened in the past year. He tells you about his last year as a professor and him not extending his contact. Coming back to London he has joined a research group for a marketing company, using his excellent knowledge to analyze human behavior in connection with different type of ads.
“It’s a lot different from being a college professor ain’t it?” you tease him and he nods chuckling.
“Guess I wanted some change. But it’s been nice, I enjoy doing a lot of research and experiments.”
Then you tell him about your time as a forensic document examiner, all the different cases you worked on and how it has been, living in London on your own. He listens to your tales about everything you’ve done with Jasmine, the concerts and karaoke bars you’ve been to and just generally your life overseas.
“Sounds like you’ve found your place, then,” he says smiling softly.
“I guess. Wasn’t an easy transition, but I’m feeling good now,” you nod. “But that doesn’t mean I don’t miss my past,” you add.
His eyes wander down to your hands that are fidgeting with your almost empty glass. You see how they stop over the ring and he seems surprised as he reaches out, takes your hand in his and runs his thumb over the little strawberries.
“You’re still wearing the ring,” he states.
“Of course,” you smile and when he is about to let go of your hand, you grab it and hold it, needing to feel his touch.
You wanted to run back home so many times because you were missing him too badly, missed his voice, his eyes, his touch, everything and now, out of nowhere, he is here with you again, far away from the place where it all started and had to end for a while, still making you feel like home, no matter where you are.
At one point, you move to sit beside him in the booth. You just keep sharing and sharing even things you’ve talked about on the phone before. You’re just soaking each other in. His arm soon moves around your shoulders and you gladly lean into his side, placing a hand to his thigh, sparkles running through your body.
“I love this,” you hum to yourself upon finishing your last drink.
“Love what?”
“Being out with you without a worry. I always dreamt of this and it’s just… so natural. I wish we got to experience it before.”
“As you said, that was a wrong time and place. Wasn’t our fault.”
You lift your head, eyes meeting his curious green irises as he smiles down at you kindly. You’ve missed that smile, it still makes your heart skip a beat, just like at the beginning.
“And do you think it’s the right time and place now?” you prompt the question.
“It’s definitely… better,” he chuckles softly. “Unless you are seeing someone, because now would be the best time to tell me.”
“I’m not,” you shake your head smirking. “Tried to go on dates, but truth is… none of them were you. I gave up after a few terrible attempts.”
“I didn’t even try,” he shyly smiles. “I just… knew no one would make me as happy as you did. As you always do.”
Pushing yourself up a bit, you rest your forehead against his as he closes his eyes, his arm around your shoulder tightens and his other hand rests on your thigh, pulling you closer. Your palm slides up his chest and neck until you’re cupping his cheek. You place a soft lingering kiss to the corner of his mouth, testing the waters out, seeing how he reacts though nothing that happened tonight tells you he wants to keep his distance.
He moves his face, nose nudging against you before his lips find yours in a kiss you’ve been longing for since you left him behind at the airport over a year ago. Your fingers lace through his hair, pulling him towards you as if he could escape from your hold any moment, but he is definitely here to stay. Your lips clash again and again, savoring each other, eagerly trying to make up for the time you lost since your departure. You melt into his arms, moving your legs across his lap as he pulls you to his lap in the booth, partially hidden from the rest of the bar, wrapped up in your little bubble. He tastes like home, his kisses feel like the first warm rays of sunshine after a long and cold winter, the only thing you couldn’t really get yourself over this whole year. Because you’ve become good at pushing your feelings down to the point where you could easily carry on, but he was always in the corner of your mind, making you wonder if you’ll ever meet again and if you do, will it be the same as before?
It’s not, because it’s better. The burdens and banters that tied you both down a year ago are now long gone, you have all the time and space in the world, nothing is restricting you. You can touch him and kiss him whenever and wherever you want. There’s no more sneaking around, no one here knows who you are and who Harry used to me to you. Here, you’re just another lovesick couple, so into each other it’s almost insane.
When he pulls back his forehead stays rested against yours as you both are trying to catch your breath. His hand runs up and down your thigh, the warmth of his palm melting your body under his soft touch.
“I love you,” he breathes out, eyes meeting yours.
“You still do?” you ask with a small smile, heart beating in your throat.
“I never stopped loving you,” he admits and you let out a shaky breath, pulling him down for a short kiss.
“Not even when I was an ocean away from you?”
“No,” he chuckles shaking his head. “If that’s possible, I loved you even more when you were away. I realized how much you mean to me and I could only hope you weren’t moving on without me.”
“I could never,” you smile at him softly. “I love you too much to do that.”
“You have no idea how much I missed you say that,” he breathes out with a soft chuckle and you kiss his lips shortly, assuring him that you feel the same way. “So… are we going to try again?”
“Do you want to?”
“There’s nothing I want more, baby,” he truthfully admits, his gaze softening at you as he brushes a loose strand of hair behind your ear. “Do you want to?”
“Of course,” you smile at him widely. “I think it’s settled.”
Tumblr media
Thank you for reading, please like and reblog if you enjoyed it!
2K notes · View notes
blueknightdg · 4 years ago
Text
Consideration and Generosity
----------------
Fandom: Miraculous Ladybug and Chat Noire, DCU
Characters: Marinette, Damian
----------
She sat on a park bench that day; the weather was hot yet, cloudy.
Despite the uncomfortable sweat clinging to her being and the buzzing noise of her surroundings, she smiled happily. She would do anything for inspiration, even endure the blistering feeling of the sun.
Soon enough it has been hours since she began to sketch and draw designs for clothing she wishes to make true.
She feels her head is off, so she takes a break to answer a text from her mother.
----------
(Mom) Marinette, are you still at the park? It's been five hours.
(Me) Yep! Just taking a break.
(Mom) Just now? It's really hot outside, have you eaten? What about water?
(Me) Don't worry! I'm fine! I stayed in the shade the whole time.
(Mom) Okay, but I want a picture of you eating.
(Me) Okay, I will. I love you!
(Mom) I love you too.
----------------------
Marinette, packs her sketch books and other materials a way in her bag. She stands up, only to tip over onto someone walking past her.
"Hey, you-"
The person stops to keep her from falling all the way down.
"Uh... I'm sorry, I guess I should have taken a break earlier."
She tries to break a way from the strangers grip. They let her go easily. They began to walk a little further a way with a eye in her direction. She sits down again to collect herself. She takes a few breaths and thinks about how to get up without falling and embarrassing herself.
"I wish I packed a water bottle or something, I knew it was hot but I thought I would be fine....", she thought to herself.
She checked her bag in case she just forgot. Lo and behold there was a water bottle in one of the outside pockets.
"Huh....? That's strange, I was sure I......oh well.", she shrugged it off as her forgetting.
Feeling a little better, she carefully stood up. Having not fallen, she smiled and picked up her full bag. She walks in the direction of a small restaurant to eat, since she wouldn't make it home before hunger got to her.
She walked like she wasn't being followed. Casual and slow, she took in the buildings a round her. The same as her memories told her, but still just as beautiful.
Once she got to an empty table, she sat her bag down in front of her. The waitress walks up to her with a smile.
"Hello! Here is the menu, please take your time. Though I do suggest today's special! Mushroom soup with broccoli, carrots, and rice."
"Thank you."
"No problem!"
The waitress leaves her be and she focuses on the menu. It seems that this restaurant is all about healthy living.
She hums to herself as she thinks of her order. However, everything sounded wonderful and she couldn't decide. Then she heard a waitress bring someone's order of a tofu and veggie stuffed bell peppers with a side salad. So she looked over to see the meal and found that it looked delicious. She also saw they ordered tomato juice.
Looking at the menu one more time, she located the meal, drink and picked out a dessert on her own.
As soon as she put her menu down, the waitress came up to her with her pen and notepad out.
"Ready to order?"
"Yes, I would like the Tofu and Veggie stuffed Bell peppers with a side salad, tomato juice, and the vanilla, soy bean ice cream."
"Would you like a topping?"
"Yes, let's see....oh! The coconut sprinkles and strawberry drizzle."
"To repeat: Tofu, veggie stuff bell peppers, side salad, tomato juice, vanilla soy bean ice cream with coconut sprinkles and strawberry drizzle?"
"Yes."
"Okay, we will right on it!"
Marinette took out her phone as she waited. She texted her mom, that she was at a restaurant nearby. Her mom reminded her to send a picture of her eating.
A few minutes later and her food was brought to her.
"Thank you so much!"
"It's no problem, dear, tell me if you need anything!"
The waitress leaves to let her eat. She sends a picture of her food to her mom, who responded with the words 'smile and heart'.
--------
Change perspective
--------
His day was normal. He woke up and dealt with the hooligans that plagued his life. He was currently in Paris as a part of a stake out group. His family dispersed during day to do individual actives. His father wanted him near by, but he argued that he didn't need to be monitored.
His father conceded by saying he must practice being considerate of other people and to update him on how it is going and if he needs help. He was more than reluctant to agree. Regardless, he did.
He didn't like the loose nature of his apparel for the day, but had no chouce due to the heat.
Though by no means is his clothing loose in comparison to others definition. He prefers to be dignified at all times.
Most of the day, he had nothing report to his father that was particularly considerate until he notice the ragged look of a girl a round his age. She looked dehydrated and ill. He scoffs at her lack of self preservation until he notice she was immersed in some kind of sketching. He also remembered his has to be 'considerate' today so he will say she was lost to passion. After all, this is Paris, the city known for passion.
He watches her as she unconsciously squints and makes a grim expression at times. She sways ever so slightly.
In his observations, she stopped her work to look at her phone. Her condition is not well. He walks a little closer with a water bottle he bought. The moment he walked next to her and she stood, he stabilized her and slipped the water bottle in her bag as she spoke, trying to clear her head. She was drenched in sweat.
"Father better be grateful, I am being more than generous with being 'considerate', disgusting.", he thought with distain.
He hurried a way from her only to stop a short distance a way to watch her more and to sanitize his hands; to rid himself of the horrid feeling of her sweat.
The girl swayed less than before, but after updating his father of what happened, he was ordered to tail her. What if she collapsed? His efforts would have been in vain if that was so.
He was slightly frustrated and her slow pace did nothing to help. He only felt a bit better at her choice of eatery. He saw that she was heading for a Healthy Living Restaurant and went a head of her to sit down. He typed to his father that the girl was trying to decide what to eat. He was instructed to do what he thought best if he were to interfere at all. So he picked the most sensible option for her condition, in return, she followed and added something to her order.
He ate quietly and finished before her. He then left a large tip; the service was quick, the food palatable, atmosphere was pleasant and he doubted the girl had much on her. Enough to pay perhaps, but she would then be left with nothing else.
She seemed to be middle class, and the middle class does not make much little wealth, to him at least. Sure, her clothing was quite good with quality, but her manners weren't all that remarkable and nothing else about her was either.
Polite, is what she was. Quiet, unnoticeable, and polite.
To him, she was a foolish girl that dreamed too much and did little for her own well-being. Truly the epitome of moronic whelps.
After he left the restaurant, he watched from a distance. Through the window, he saw her tempt to pay, only to be denied. He smirked, perhaps he should visit this particular restaurant again and maybe even invest a bit?
He felt his phone buzz, his father typed, wanting to be updating on the status of the girl. It became apparent that some of the hooligans are now aware of his sudden punish- mission. Yes, this is a mission.
Protecting such weak plebeians is the duty of his father and him, also the unsightly hooligans- not well in his opinion- but he shall add them this once.
"Father is surely proud of how 'considerate' and 'generous' I am.", he believes, "Excessively so."
------
The day ends with Marinette safely returning home and the still mysterious young man facing his mismatched family.
The young man remained considerate as he ignored the jeers of the hooligans until he realized, he didn't have to any more and retorted as though his words came from the high heavens.
---------
The next time he checked in on the young lady, he had some knowledge of her background he shouldn't and decided to continue to see to it that she is well taken care.
"It's called being an arrogant, egotistical xsshxle with a God complex. She doesn't need your 'consideration', she is not a charity case!"
One loud problem claimed as he tuned him out.
---------
The young man did visit the restaurant once more and she was there. She would visit often and order the same thing as he had the first time. There were times she ordered something else and he would try things she experimented with, minus the meat.
She ordered meat less and less the more she came to the restaurant, he noticed. He had no clue why, since she obviously had no problem eating it.
He didn't order sweets as often as she did, but he would on occasion, get something with a little bit of sweetness to it; like the dried fruit sandwich with any type of sauce it can come with. The sandwich had fresh, and air dried fruit. There would be other ingredients and such to change the flavor of the sandwich, making it a popular item on the menu.
------
Change Perspective
--------
She felt like she has seen the same guy a lot over the past two months and is slightly worried. After some thought to it and the more she believed she was over thinking it and that it was pure coincidence. She did know, however, he had good taste in food and art. Plus that animals are so cute!! He couldn't be all bad if animals liked him.
She would walk a little closer and sometimes walk a little farther from him and since he never moved, she felt better. It really was a coincidence to her knowledge.
Eventually, she would would stop seeing him. He was a tourist, so of course he would leave at some point. Still, she was a little sad.
Oh well, school is starting soon, maybe she'll make friends to fill the loneliness her pretend friend left her.
She liked to pretend this stranger was her friends and that they hung out, since she saw him in most places that she was. She saw him at the restaurant and sometimes the park and rarely he would be at the museum. Technically he wasn't everywhere and not as frequent as she made it seem like he was, but if was often enough to remember him.
"You should have talked to him, get his number."
"But then he might have thought I was hitting on him! I just wanted a friend..."
"Sweetie, look on bright side! Either you can cherish memories that made you happy or you can forget him and move on. You don't know what life has in-store for you, it could be fun!"
"Thank you, mom. You too dad, I will see what happens."
"On that note, want help me frost some cakes?"
"Yes!!!"
-----
The end.
67 notes · View notes
jombocostello · 4 years ago
Text
(Bruno, Abbacchio, Doppio, Gyro) Oneshots
Hi!! My sister is in the hospital right now and she's a massive Jojo fan, so I'm hoping to ask for some either fics or headcanons for the characters abbachio, gyro, Bruno, and doppio? I think I've spelt those right. Thank you!
Yes of course!! I really hope she’s doing alright, and I hope you are too!!
Bruno
It's late in the evening when Bruno gets home after a long day of work. When he unlocks the door, you jump up from your seat in the kitchen and meet him at the doorway. "Hi, Bruno," you say, helping him remove his long coat and walking with him into the house. "How was your day?"
"Well..." He furrows his brow. "It was alright. Busy, but alright. Giorno has been growing exponentially; I have a feeling he may take my position sometime soon."
"Really?" As you hang up Bruno's coat, you turn to look at him. "He's that good?"
"He's a natural leader. I'd be glad to be replaced by him." With a sigh, Bruno takes a seat at the kitchen table. "Could you make some tea, (Y/N)?"
"Sure." As you fill up the kettle, you watch Bruno rest his cheek against his hand. "Why are you so tired?"
He breathes a little laugh and looks down at the table. "Work has been getting harder. The job's aren't too taxing, not at all, but I just get worried sometimes."
You walk over to the table and pull out a chair. You take a seat and place your hand over Bruno's, resting it against his cheek. "It's not me, is it?" you ask softly, frowning. "I've told you - you don't have to worry about me."
"I - " he starts, but his voice falters. "I can't help it," he says, smiling a little bitterly. "I never wanted to involve you in my life. It'll always be too dangerous for you, and I love you far too much to want you in trouble."
"I'm not scared enough of them to leave you, Bruno," you whisper, leaning in and ghosting your lips over his. "I'd follow you to the ends of the Earth."
You feel him smile against your lips, and he kisses you with everything he has. "Then I'll take you there," he replies breathlessly, hand leaving his face to rest on your hip. He rests his forehead against yours and looks deep into your eyes. "Everywhere I go we'll go together. I love you, and I want to be with you always."
"Bruno, I - " You grin, and he smiles widely as well. You run your fingers through his short black hair and sigh, shutting your eyes. "I love you so - "
The whistle of the tea kettle surprises both of you, and you jump before bursting into peals of laughter. Bruno laughs with you, and you're happy to see such a lighthearted look on his face. "I'll get that," you say between giggles, and you slowly pull your hands back and stand up.
Once the tea is made, you and Bruno sit down together on the couch in your quaint living room. You flip on the television and start browsing the channels; once you find a particularly sweet old movie, you set down the remote and take a sip of your tea. Bruno watches you silently; there's a quiet beauty in everything you do, and it's intoxicating to him.
The two of you finish your tea, and as the movie winds to a close, you rest your head on Bruno's shoulder. The warmth of his body and the soft sound of his breath lulls you to sleep.
Bruno looks down at you, careful not to disturb you as he tilts his head. There's a peaceful smile on your face even in slumber, and he leans down and presses a sweet kiss to the crown of your head. "I love you," he whispers, and he hopes you can feel how much he means it. He'd do truly anything for you.
-----
Abbacchio
"So? Do you want to go or not?"
You find yourself standing before your teammate Leone Abbacchio, and you're utterly stunned. He's just asked you on a date - tonight - and he's waiting rather impatiently for your answer. "Well..." you start, the confusion in your voice clear. "Sure."
"Good. I'll pick you up at eight." He stares you down for one more moment and then turns on his heel, walking out the door of the Libeccio.
You're left completely blindsided by what just happened. Abbacchio - the irritable, displeased, and all around negative member of your team - just asked you out to dinner. You would be lying if you said you weren't excited (you've always found him handsome and a bit intriguing), but you're mostly just shocked. He's never expressed that kind of interest in you before.
You head back to your place and start to get ready. As you're getting dressed, you replay Abbacchio's little proposal from earlier. He had seemed almost annoyed about the whole affair - had someone put him up to it? You huff out a laugh as you throw on your shoes; Abbacchio wouldn't take any bet that forfeits his pride. Once you're all ready, you head outside and watch for Abbacchio.
Perfectly on time, he drives up to the curb in a sleek car. "Hey," he calls loudly through the window. You wave and hop in, buckling your seatbelt as he drives away.
The ride is mostly silent. You glance over at Abbacchio as he drives, but he doesn't tear his gaze away from the road. Though you're not speaking, there isn't an uncomfortable moment, and you're honestly excited for this date.
The restaurant is one of the nicer places in the area. "Have you been here before?" you ask Abbacchio as he gets out of the car. "I've never been, but I've heard it's great."
"It's alright," he replies, his voice low. "I've only been here twice."
"You know what they say," you say with a little grin, "third time's the charm!"
Abbacchio actually smiles at that, holding back a little laugh, and you consider that a great victory. You follow him into the restaurant, and you're taken to a beautifully lit table near the back of the room.
Before you can sit, Abbacchio casually pulls your chair out for you. It's the most nonchalant act of chivalry you think you've ever seen, and you thank him before taking a seat.
You're both quiet for a while before the server arrives and gets your drink orders. Finally, Abbacchio speaks. "You look nice tonight," he comments matter-of-factly. You smile and thank him, and he just nods his head.
"You look nice too," you say, and you mean it completely. Honestly, he always looks nice. His long silver hair is always perfectly maintained, and tonight he's wearing a black dress shirt and pressed black pants. He looks great.
"Thanks." A little more silence transpires, but your server arrives to break up the tension. After placing your order, you lean back in your chair and gaze at Abbacchio. You're not really sure of what to say, so you figure you should just speak what's on your mind.
"So what was the reason for this date?" you ask, grinning when Abbacchio blinks in mild surprise. "Anything in particular?"
He recovers and shrugs. "I've always found you interesting." You weren't expecting to hear that. You watch him with raised eyebrows as he speaks. "I wanted to get to know you better, because I honestly like you a lot. Is that alright?"
It takes you a couple seconds to actually register the question. "Is that - yeah! Yeah, of course - that's why we're here right now." You smile warmly at him from across the table, and he returns the gesture as well as he can.
"I'm glad." The two of you chat for a while before the food arrives, and then you chat some more. You're honestly so engrossed in your conversation that you hardly eat.
When the check arrives, Abbacchio picks it up and sighs. "Unfortunate that tonight had to end so soon," he mutters, signing the bill. "I had a great time, (Y/N). Would you want to do this again sometime?"
"Yes!" Your answer is immediate, and Abbacchio nearly laughs at how happy you sound. "Yeah, that would be amazing. I had a wonderful time too."
You head outside, and as you get into the passenger's seat, Abbacchio gently places his hand on your leg. "Thank you for this," he says, as genuine as he's ever been to you. "I hope we can get to know each other better."
You smile, feeling utterly content, and you lean over and give Abbacchio a quick kiss on the cheek. His face goes red, but his smile doesn't waver. "I would really love that, (Y/N)."
And together, you both drive into the night.
-----
Doppio
The sun shines down brightly on you as you hop out of a little car, quickly adjusting your shirt before running around to the driver's side. "We're here!" the driver calls, and you grin as Vinegar Doppio opens the door and joins you outside.
"I heard it wasn't too crowded - it's the best-kept secret in Italy." You laugh at that and follow Doppio down the street a bit. "I'm so glad you were free today, (Y/N)!" he says brightly, leaning over and pressing a quick kiss to your cheek. "I missed you."
You giggle, reaching down and lacing your fingers in his. "I missed you too. It's been lonely with you away for work."
"Let's not talk about that - we're together now, so who cares?" You laugh and nod in agreement as Doppio pulls you over to the little ice cream place you're visiting, and like he said, the line is nearly empty. "See, I told you! Hardly anyone even knows this place exists."
As you both step into line, the other man in line turns around and glances at you. He has bright blue hair - which actually looks a bit like ice cream - and red glasses. He stares at Doppio and it seems like he's about to speak, but before he can, an ice cream cone is handed his way.
He grabs it and shuffles off, and you and Doppio move up to order your ice cream. "I'll have strawberry, please!" Doppio says, voice as pleasant as ever, and you watch the way he smiles as he speaks. You've been dating him for a while now, and you really adore him. He's so easygoing, and he makes even the most mundane things fun.
You get your favorite flavor, and after a short wait, your ice cream is prepared. You take Doppio's free hand again and walk with him to the park across from the shop, swinging your hands back and forth. "We're so lucky," he comments as he takes a seat on a bench overlooking the grassy field. "It's such a nice day!"
"The weather decided to smile down on us today," you say, grinning as you sit beside him. The two of you eat your ice cream in relative silence - the only sound shared between the two of you is Doppio loudly slurping on his cone and your soft laughter in response. It really feels amazing, just being able to comfortably spend time with someone you love so much.
After a while, you've both eaten your ice cream, and now you find yourselves looking out at the grassy plain. "I love you," Doppio says softly from beside you. You turn to him, eyes wide, and he just gives you a content, relaxed smile. "You're perfect, (Y/N)."
You grin, reaching over and wrapping your arms around him. "I love you too," you murmur, and Doppio briefly presses his lips to the top of your head. "Thank you for today," you sigh, and Doppio just hums in response. He reaches down and wraps your hand up in his - the feeling is so warm and familiar and you fall even deeper in love. You two spend a long time like that, wrapped up in each other's arms in front of the beautiful field, until you find yourself nodding off to sleep.
-----
Gyro
"Where the hell did you even learn how to ride a horse?"
You roll your eyes at the question your companion Gyro just shouted at you from a few feet away. "You're so prim and proper, I never would've expected you to know how to ride."
"When I was a kid," you call back, and you're grateful when Gyro rides a little closer to you, allowing you to lower your voice. "I lived on a big, rural plot of land and I would just go out and teach myself."
"Huh." Gyro reaches up and adjusts his hat; the wind had displaced it somewhat. "You're pretty good. Not as good as me, of course, but not bad at all."
You scoff, reaching over and slugging Gyro in the arm. He reels back, shocked, and you burst out laughing. "You're quite the critic, asshole," you shoot at him between giggles. He just watches you, and you're surprised to see that he doesn't look all that annoyed. "Well anyways," you say as your laughter fades away, "when do you think we should stop?"
"I don't know. Let's ask Johnny." Gyro twists his body around and absolutely bellows, "JOHNNY!"
A few paces behind, Johnny Joestar throws a little rock at Gyro, who dodges it easily. He seems even more sick of your talkative companion than you are. "How should I know?" he shouts back. "The sun is just about set - let's just camp here."
"Fine!" Gyro calls back, and he quickly hops off of his horse. You follow suit, and after a minute Johnny catches up to you two and does the same. You help Johnny lean against a large, somewhat comfortable rock, and then you get to tying up the horses.
Gyro pulls some kindling out of the bag attached to his horse's saddle, and he starts a fire with only a little difficulty. Once all the horses are tied up and fed, you sink to the ground and yawn. "What, the Steel Ball Race getting to be too much for you?" Gyro teases, and you laugh at his shit-eating grin.
"No, I'm fine. Just kind of tired."
"So am I," Johnny says, nodding. "I think I'm gonna get to sleep early, if you guys don't mind."
"Not at all!" you say. You toss him a blanket, also from Gyro's bag, and he gratefully takes it and wraps himself up.
"Just don't be too loud, Gyro," he mutters before shutting his eyes. Gyro blinks, affronted, and you huff out a laugh. "Goodnight." It doesn't take Johnny long to doze off, snoring softly.
"Well..." Gyro starts, and to your surprise he's actually trying to be courteous to Johnny. He's normally extremely brash, and he doesn't usually care much about the requests of you or Johnny. "Want some coffee?"
"Yeah, that would be great." You watch as Gyro grabs the kettle and grounds, and he carefully fills the kettle with water from his canteen.
Silence fills the area as the coffee slowly brews. You watch Gyro out of the corner of your eye, studying the way he looks as he gazes into the fire. Ever since you teamed up with him in this race, you've gotten to know quite a lot about him. He's much less secretive than Johnny, and you know practically everything about him - where he's from, who he was before he arrived to the US, even his real name.
Suddenly, you're caught staring. Gyro's gaze flits to meet yours, and he grins as you quickly avert your eyes. "I know I'm handsome, (Y/N), I don't blame you," he says, grinning widely as you grimace.
You just sigh, leaning back and looking up at the cloudless night sky. Gyro's expression softens and he watches you. "You seem a little melancholy today," he says gently. "Anything on your mind?"
"Yeah." You turn to him, folding your hands in your lap. "Do you think we'll even be able to get through this? I have no idea what's even going on half the time." It's true; ever since you gained a stand ability from possessing one of the holy corpse parts, you've witnessed some of the weirdest, most inexplicable events you've ever seen.
"Of course we will," Gyro responds. He sounds completely sure of himself. "Not only will we beat the race, but we'll come in first place! Well, I will - you can have second, and Johnny can be third."
You laugh, letting your head fall back. "Thanks, Gyro. I hope Johnny won't mind." Gyro suddenly remembers the coffee, and he carefully pours out two cups.
"Don't burn yourself," he says as he hands you your cup. Your hands brush against his as you take the drink, and for some reason you feel yourself flush. Thankfully, Gyro doesn't seem to notice your quick change in demeanor. "This stuff really is horrible, but at least it's different," he comments, taking a sip. "The coffee back home was far too sweet."
He's right; it's extremely bitter, and you find yourself wincing at the taste. Still, you're grateful for the warmth, so you drink it slowly. "Thank you," you say, and Gyro just nods in response.
"You look nice like this." Your eyes widen and you look up at Gyro, who's studying you with a serious look on his face. "I like seeing you relaxed for once."
You smile a little, nodding. "Thank you. Yeah, it's nice to finally get a break." Gyro watches as you sip your coffee. "Hopefully we won't be bothered by any dinosaurs tonight - shit!"
You tip your cup a little too far and spill scalding coffee on your hand. You grit your teeth and gingerly set the cup down, leaning forward to inspect your hand. It doesn't look too hurt, but it stings like a bitch. "Are you okay?" Gyro says, reaching out and gently taking your hand into his. You nod.
He reaches over into his bag and takes out a little strip of cloth. Carefully, he starts to wrap up the little burn on your hand. One loop brushes against the wound uncomfortably, and you hiss through your teeth at the burning sensation. "Shit!" Gyro says, looking up at you with wide eyes. "Did I hurt you?"
"No," you say quickly, shaking your head. "No, it's fine. It just stings, is all."
It only takes a couple more minutes for Gyro to be done fixing up your hand. Once he's done, he pats the top of your hand and smiles. "You're alright," he says gently.
"Thanks, Gyro," you say, and you really do mean it. You don't think you've ever seen him like this: quiet and sweet. You start to bring your hand back, but Gyro doesn't let go. You look up at him with furrowed brows.
He looks into your eyes for a moment, and all he finds is mild confusion. Then, he leans down and brushes his lips against your knuckles. "You're welcome," he breathes into your hand, and he lets go.
Heat instantly rushes to your face, and you quickly turn away. "Yeah," you mutter, not sure of what else to say, and you fix your eyes on a fascinating cactus a few feet away. You hear Gyro laugh softly, and you flush even more. You'd never even entertained the thought that he could be so suave.
A few minutes go by in this heavy, powerful silence, until Gyro finally speaks. "That should be fine in a couple days," he says, and you turn to him. "It's odd, but I've gotten the same exact burns off of these things." He pats the steel balls that rest in the holsters on his hips. "They can generate quite a lot of heat."
"Oh." Gyro smiles at you and leans back, resting his hands behind his head. "Well, thanks again. I'm not usually that clumsy."
Gyro's eyebrows shoot up at that, and he grins at you. "Oh, really? Then how do you explain the two loaves of bread that you dropped off your horse a couple days ago?" You blink, surprised, and Gyro's grin only grows. "And when you led your horse - and Johnny and I - down a dead-end pathway for a whole hour?" You start to smile, laughing, and Gyro leans towards you with bright eyes. "You're a total klutz, (Y/N)!"
You both dissolve into laughter, completely taken by the moment, and it takes a long time for you to compose yourself. "Oh man," you giggle, wiping a tear from your eye. "You really got me, asshole."
"I know." Once you've both gotten ahold of yourselves, you find yourself looking into Gyro's eyes with the remnants of a smile on your face. You've always known he was handsome, but something about the dim firelight makes him look like a Roman statue - perfectly sculpted, but real and tangible before you. "(Y/N), you're staring again."
You blink, startled, and Gyro laughs at the shock in your expression. "It's fine, I don't mind." He smiles as he reaches out and brushes a bit of sand off of your shoulder. "Gives me the perfect opportunity to appreciate your beauty up close."
You laugh shortly, and Gyro takes your hands in his. "I'm not kidding. You really are lovely." The laughter dies in your throat, and you look up at Gyro with wide eyes. "We should get some sleep, it's getting late," he whispers, his face mere inches away from yours. Before you can reply, he leans in even closer and presses a quick, fleeting kiss to your lips. "Goodnight."
He turns away and tilts his hat down over his face before you can get a word in - though even if you could, you don't know what you'd say. You're left totally starstruck by Gyro, and all you can really do is lean back and shut your eyes. You grin, resting your head on your small backpack, and sleep quickly catches up to you. You have no clue what tomorrow brings - Gyro's just proven himself to be a man of surprises.
185 notes · View notes
lucif5er · 4 years ago
Text
Katsuki finds out what Dekus fav candy is so he purchases a big pack and leaves some at his desk every day without a name of who's it from. Of course, Deku is ecstatic. And he maybe kinda has an idea who they’re from until he sees Kirishima eating the same brand.
Everyone is hanging out in the common room in the dorms watching movies and eating popcorn and candy when Uraraka asks Izuku what his favorite candy is.
“Oh, I love strawberry mentos b-but that specific flavor is hard to find sometimes,” Izuku says with a blush on his face.
Katsuki is standing off by the kitchen when he hears this. He smirks. Of course the damn nerd would like that sugary trash. He had forgotten Dekus favorite candy like many other things because of his stupid fucking ego. He had lost a lot of opportunities with his Deku but fuck if he wasn’t going to make up for it now.
So Katsuki decides to order a jumbo pack of strawberry mentos. The nerd wasn’t kidding, these little shits have to be ordered from America but if this could win Deku over so be it.
The next day he leaves some at Deku's desk. No name on the note though. NOT because he’s embarrassed, fuck no, but just because he wants to see the nerds reaction.
When Izuku arrives to class he sees the candy on his desk with a note that says “I know these are your favorite.” Izuku is sure his whole neck and ears are red. He wonders if Uraraka got them for her but why wouldn’t she give them to him himself if they saw each other this morning.
When the rest of the class walks in Izuku still hasn’t opened the candy. He just sits at his desk holding the note.
“What you got there Midorya?” Kaminari pops up behind him and peers over his shoulder.
“O-oh hi Kaminari. Um, j-just some candy I found on my desk this morning.”
“Ohhh? Midoryas got a secret admirer? What does the note say?” Kaminari says in a singsong voice.
“N-no of course not a s-secret admirer. W-who would be interested in s-someone like m-me. Plus the note d-doesn’t even have a name.” By now other students have gathered around his desk. The girls oohing and awing.
Izuku turns to Uraraka who looks just as intrigued as the rest of them. Maybe it wasn't her who got them. Izuku is flustered now feeling a little too nervous under this attention.
“Leave the poor nerd alone already. You’re making him fucking uncomfortable.” Katsuki pushes through and flops down on his desk growling.
Everyone scurries away grumbling as Aizawa walks in.
“Thanks, Kacchan,” Izuku says with a blush on his cheeks. Kacchan reaches over and ruffles his curls then his hand goes down and cups his face. But a second later he's already pulling away.
“Tch whatever Deku,” Katsuki says but there's no bite behind it. Izuku just beams at Kacchans back.
This goes on for a month. Everyday Izuku finds strawberry mentos with a sweet note on them or a short poem but no name.
Of course, Izuku saves all the notes and he’s so happy every time he finds them. They remind him of when he was little and he and Kacchan used to write each other notes at school or when they had sleepovers. It was a tradition for them until Kacchan decided they were too old for that, that it was time they outgrew it. Then Kacchan outgrew Izuku. It always felt like he was thrown away.
This hurt Izuku a lot but he knows his Kacchan is sorry. They’re friends now and he can tell he regrets it. He knows Kacchan is trying to make up for it with the soft touches, soft words. They’re friends now, maybe on the edge of something more and maybe they just need a little push.
Izuku is almost certain it's Kacchan leaving him the candy because sometimes Kacchan gets so close to him Izuku can swear he smells the strawberry flavor in his breath. It makes his heart beat faster every time. So helplessly sugar high on him.
But one-morning Izuku sees Kirishima eating strawberry mentos. /His/ favorite candy so of course his first reaction is confusion and slight anger. Was Kacchan giving strawberry mentos to Kirishima as well? Was he writing him sweet notes and poems too?
Then came the sadness and the all to familiar pain in his heart. Will Kacchan throw him away again? Izuku isn't sure he can take it a second time.
Izuku feels the familiar sting in his eyes but he tries to hold them back. A minute later he sees Kacchan rounding the corner.
“Hey shitty hair. Chill on the fucking candy already.” He shoves Kirishima.
“But you gave it to me bakubro!” Kirishima states with a grin.
Izuku gasps and both Kacchan and Kirishima look at him. He can’t stop the tears from falling so he runs away instead hoping they didn’t see.
“Deku?” He hears Kacchan yell after him but Izuku doesn’t stop until he gets to his room.
Once Izuku gets to his dorm he's sliding down his closed-door muffling his sobs. He doesn’t know why he’s crying, he shouldn’t be crying at all. Of course, this whole thing was a joke. He did this to himself. He’s the one who chose to give his heart to someone who very obviously doesn’t want it, never did.
A minute later he hears knocking at his door and tries to muffle his cries even more.
“Deku? Open the door.” Kacchan says with worry evident in his voice.
“U-um I-Im kind of t-tired Kacchan. C-can we t-talk tomorrow.” Izuku says as he wipes his tears. He can’t let him see him like this; he's already embarrassed as it is.
Izuku hears a thump on his door. “Izuku, please.” a sob catches in Izukus throat and he feels more tears fall.
When Izuku finally catches his breath he gets up and unlocks his door. The look on Kacchans face makes him want to cry all over again.
“D-did you n-need something Kacchan?” Izuku says through sniffles.
“De-Izuku please don’t cry. I think you misunderstood. I’m sor-“
Izuku feels like his heart is being ripped out of his chest.
“N-no it's o-okay Kacchan. I-I promise. I-I’m just being d-dumb” Izuku looks down and wrings his hands. He didn’t realize he was trembling
“No. Fuck. Listen to me De-“ Kacchan tries to reach for his hands but he takes a step back.
“N-no. J-just leave me be for a l-little okay Kacchan? T-tomorrow we’ll g-go back to normal. Y-your happy with Kirishima right? T-that makes me h-happy. J-just um I d-dont want a-anymore candy okay? Or-or notes. I-Im so s-sorry for getting the w-wrong idea. P-please don’t be upset, I-I promise I’ll be o-okay just please please don’t throw me a-away again.”
Izuku tries to give Katsuki a wobbly smile but tear filled eyes give him away. Katsuki cusses under his breath but before Izuku can turn around he has him wrapped tightly in his arms. His cheek resting on wild green curls.
“Throw you awa- no fuck FUCK Izuku I wouldn’t. Why would I fucking throw you away? You’re mine. Always been mine.” Katsuki squeezes Izuku tighter, cradling and kissing his head.
“B-but the candy a-and Kiri-“
“Thats what I wanted to say. I bought the candy for you. Shitty hair just kept asking me for some but I promise its just you.” Katsuki puts his hands on Izukus face, wiping away the tears. “I wanted to do something good for you, okay? You fucking deserve the world Izuku and I’ll do anything to get it for you. I’ll do /anything/ to deserve you.”
A gasp leaves Izuku and he wraps his arms around Katsukis neck and kisses him. It’s rough and all teeth but so sweet. Everything they want to say is in that kiss. Izuku didn’t know he could feel love so soft, so sweet but in this very moment he leaves his heart bare for his Kacchan because he knows he’ll take care of it, take care of him.
Izuku pulls back and beams at Katsuki.
“Kacchan you taste like strawberry mentos.”
Katsuki softly pecks Izukus face, kissing his freckles, nose, anywhere he can reach “Mm course I do nerd, they’re your favorite,” Katsuki says as he nuzzles Izukus nose.
Izuku giggles and kisses Katsuki softly, hearts in his eyes and says “Kacchans my favorite.”
Katsuki takes a chomp of Izukus cheek before kissing his forhead. “Shitty nerd.”
214 notes · View notes
jiminrings · 4 years ago
Text
lover
Tumblr media
pairing: jungkook x y/n
glimpse: jungkook has a crush and LOTS of vacant space on his ears upon seeing piercing artist!y/n, jin is TERRIFIED of needles and just needs to hold someone’s hand, jimin is a chatty receptionist that gets on jungkook’s nerves a whole ton, and tHen some smut :D 
wordcount: 22k
notes: dedicated to jungkook n his pretty earrings because i would totally go through his hoops like what vitaly did in madagascar 3 :D // gif isn’t mine!!
(*´꒳`*)
jungkook is a flexible man
both literally and figuratively
he knows how to adjust bUT he also knows what he wants
there’s a handful of things he gets picky about
body wash, face wash, shampoo, perfume n aLL THAT GOOD HYGIENE STUFF
he’s not jared, 19
he ISN’T a chad that just picks out deodorant with the most aggressive names they could ever find the quickest in a shelf
when jungkook gets shoes (and sometimes splurges on them) he makes sure to get the new stock and atleast a half-inch allowance
because shoes shrink and get worn-in overtime and the condition that you wore them in first, wON’T remain the same
hard drives are touchy issues too
jungkook needs to be able to save and export his works without the processes of it crashing every thirty seconds thank u very much
if ur buying a hard drive that has less than a 1 TB storage, then wHY even get a hard drive dummy
he can make dollar-store paint work, trust him
but god crusty-ass brushes (whether they’re expensive or not) would be the absolute BANE of his existence
on-hand activities were given less frequently in uni because majority of them were done digitally but he would never forget that time
that time when he cracked at the project on the night that it was given and he decided to sleep fORGETTING to wash his brushes and by the time he woke up, they were are all crusty and stiff
he almost cried
okay so after all
maybe jungkook might be picky
hE CAN’T HELP IT
but this time he felt more reasonable in being picky because this is his roommate that we’re talking about!!!
r o o m m a t e
for possibly the whole three and a half years that he has left before he graduates and he just wants his to be a good one :((
honestly can you blame him
jungkook just has two requirements in his head
pLEASE he doesn’t want a roomie that has quick hands and is a kleptomaniac and would steal the wallet he always just has laying around
he wants to be able to leave his things in the most random places at PEACE
and second, he wants someone that’s atleast tolerable
he’s aware that not every pair of roommates mesh well together 10/10 times but the least he could hope for is that there’s somehow mutual agreement
which is why jungkook’s nervous because oh god what if he’s stuck with a klepto that’s gonna steal his laptop and he isn’t even dONE doing his assignment?????
graphic design and fashion design are in the same building and that just means he has a 50% chance of being paired with someone that knows what he’s doing and knows when to back off
... which is cool, maybe???
but tHen there’s also a 50% chance that he’s gonna be roomies with a fashion student and he’s not gonna lie because that sounds sO cool!!!!!
legitimately cool
he knows nothing about sewing clothes??? or like designing them in more than just a graphic designer-type of approach????
that would be so nice
what if his roomie (he’s about 98% sure) has a sewing machine and some embroidery thread and things and stuff????
what if his roomie suddenly thought that “oh my gOD jungkook since you’re my roommate and ur so cool and u have such nice body proportions,, lemme make u some clothes!!” ???
what then
what tHEN
and he’s the type to impress and even though that makes him look like an utter fool, jungkook really did wake up at TWO in the morning to get started for meeting his roomie by ten in the morning
just eight hours,,, cool,,, that’s cool
who wouldn’t like chocolate truffles right???
vERY EASY
melt some chocolate!! add some butter!! some cream!! a tiny pinch of salt because the recipe said so!! aND THEN YOU’RE DONE
no not really
he didn’t take into account that chill was a very vague term and so jungkook kept opening the fridge every ten minutes and the chocolate truffle blob hasn’t cHILLED!!!
that kinda sent him into panic because how is he supposed to sleep now
he got a large bowl he never really used and lmao this is like the first time he’s washing it
HE DIDN’T EVEN KNOW THAT HE HAD THIS BOWL UNTIL NOW
placed that smaller bowl inside of the bowl
and tHEN filled the remaining spaces with ice cubes and tHEN put it into the freezer
not his smartest decision ever because uh there’s some raw chicken and beef in that same freezer but that’s cool it’s cool
roomie wouldn’t even know the difference :D
what you know wouldn’t hurt you, right???
well not until the chocolate gets contaminated with the raw meat somehow wOOF ://
jungkook went to take a one hour nap and he’s decided to just check on the truffle blob when he’s woken up!!!
uHhhh
aha that turned into a fOUR-hour nap :))))
he’s kinda panicking because oh god he could’ve made so much more in that time period
the truffle blob dID chill but it’s kinda frozen now and that makes it a little less easy to try and scoop up and shape and put cocoa powder on it
no worries!! he has a spoon and insane strength!!!
jungkook bent the spoon with how hard he’s going at it bUT that’s okay!!! there are more spoons!!! it’s not the end of the world
he’s done with the chocolate truffles and all that’s left is to let them chill in the fridge and he could just pop them out anytime
it’s 6... and all he has done are chocolate truffles....
aha wild idea but wHAT IF HIS NEW ROOMIE DOESN’T LIKE CHOCOLATE
...
....
it’s 10:13 and yeah sure this roomie of his is a little bit late but jungkook doesn’t mind at all because that meant more time for him to prepare
aside from the chocolate truffles, he’s successfuly bought/made/modified:
ice cream sandwiches in every flavor he could find because what if they don’t like chocolate?? or wait what if vanilla’s too plain for them?? ok wHAT IF THEY LIKE STRAWBERRY??? is that matcha-
cup noodles,,, in beef, seafood, and spicy variations
gummy bears!!! half are just the original ones and the oTHER half is what he soaked in vodka because uHhH what if the roomie likes alcohol as much as he does??? or maybe they just like citric acid in bear form or mAYBE even both???
dalgona because what if they aren’t an iced tea person,,, or an orange juice person,,,,, jungkook totally understands!!! the entirety of his right arm may be significantly more ripped by the end of this
mozzarella sticks that he buys in bulk whenever he goes to the grocery and that jungkook popped into the oven hurriedly because wAIT WAIT what if they’re lactose intolerant,,,,
cereals,,, he has some cereals,,,, maybe they haven’T had breakfast yet and they wanna have cereal??? he has some milk too!!!
some ice cubes leftover if u wanna pop them into the cereal if they’re feeling a lil spicy
god jungkook just wants to be liked sO BAD and he’s such a people-pleaser that it’s exhausting :(((
this better work or else he will literally combust and eat boozy gummy bears until he’s silly drunk :(((
but tHEN the front door opened and uh jungkook remembers locking it always but
oh
oH
that’s his roommate!!!! holding a duplicate key already!!!!! with bags on tow aND WOW!!!!!!
this guy MUST be a fashion student
jungkook didn’t wear an apron and he honestly salutes anyone who does which is why there may be some bits of cocoa powder on his chest that he’s wiping off quickly
“hEY man!! i’m jungkook!! jeon jungkook!! come in, come iN!!! was the traffic bad or-...”
wait
hold on just a second
how sure is jungkook that this guy with a really handsome face and wide-ass shoulders that’s like the same size of the doorway, is hIS roommate???
bruh
what if this was just a random-ass dude that happened to have a duplicate key aND HE’S HERE TO ROB HIM OR SOMETHING
“woah hEY i’m jin!! kim seokjin!! lmao yeah i live two floors down aND then i have all these bags and i just wanted to take one trip in the elevator but then in the same time i cAN’T and-“
oh
oH jin definitely just said too much words huh
right off the bat jin is rEALLY setting an impression huh
he got a good look at jungkook and he could tell that he looks younger than him
or maybe that’s just kook’s bambi eyes assessing jin that’s standing parallel to him right now
or maybe it’s some of the cocoa powder on his gray shirt and jin might assume that he’s a baby because he’s spilled some
“oh yEAH YEAH i prepared uh like a housewaeming thing for you!! well i mean this isn’t a house and it’s not your house bUT it isn’t mine either but in a tECHNICAL sense it’s — yEAH do u want chocolate truffles or something.....”
“oh jungkook you shouldn’t have!!! if it’s worth anything, i made this beret for my roommate and well it’s yOu right??? and i kinda sewed my initials at the back to commemorate like a friendship??? or something???? i don’t know man it sounds sO lame and-...”
bro
brO
jin’s eating literally everything that jungkook’s prepared and he heard the mention of the alcoholic gummy bears and his eyes almost pOP out of their sockets
for a moment, kook was kinda terrified because oh god are you cAMPUS POLICE????
turns out that jin loves alcohol AND gummy bears and he’s never tried that combination before
it’s like they’ve been friends for their whole entire life and conversation was just so easy to slip into
“how did you kNOW i eat this exact brand of mozzarella sticks??? they’re so good and you could even buy them in this hUge-ass box!!”
“how did you know that this beret would fit my hEAD?? i literally thought my head was too big for berets and this is like thE perfect size!!”
jin casually asks what they should eat for dinner later that night and jungkook dOESN’T skip a beat saying what he wants and jin dOESN’T hesitate either in agreeing
lmao jungkook started calling jin hyung not even 48 hours upon meeting him
“jungkoOooOoK :D so as you know, i’m gonna have a makeshift booth for my project, right? and like since your my very nice and kind and handsome and tALENTED best friend :D i was wondering if you could make the brand design for me? the logo? the layout of what i’m gonna put? this and that? say yes please pls :D”
...
....
“you cook all the meals for a week.”
“i already-...”
“obviously you’re gonna take all the credit bUT somewhere in your booth, there’s gonna be a piece there that’s inspired by mE.”
“okay fine what-...”
“if you get the highest mark and you bETTER, you need to check out my cart because-“
“oKAY DEAL!!”
it’s a two-way street okay
that just goes to say how far the both of them are bonding
in technical terms, their courses are kinda similar
and it’s just fun too because jungkook gets along with jin and the other way around!!
“jin-hyung i need a fRESH new background for this layout do you have any silk fabric??”
“do you want it sleek or do you want it crumpled?”
“can i try both??”
“yeah lmao i don’t see why not :D”
jin’s a nice roommate and an even better friend and hyung to jungkook and he can’t be thankful enough
it’s his personal goal in life to be the reason for jin’s first strand of grey hair and every morning jungkook cHECKS
sometimes he won’t be discreet at all
like he’d tug at jin’s hair and it’s freshly dyed and jin’s mighty sensitive because oh god what if it was freshly bleached??? tHEN WHAT
or maybe he’d toss a froot loop to his hair and he’d go :D hyungie lemme get that for you :D
“jin can u pls make me a bomber jacket :((“
“are you gonna pay me??? no??? well then NO”
“how about a bandana can you make me one can you make me one pLEASE”
“every piece of fabric could be literally a bandana if u think about it kook”
“how about a shirt that says ‘dad’ in the front but at the back it’s appa from avatar embroidered at the back lmao”
“why would you oH OMG I SEE WHAT U DID THERE :)))))) ok that sounds cool i’m proud i’m actually gonna do that :))) wait let me make one for me too :))))”
it’s a support system
even until him and jin graduated, they are sTILL roomies because that means not only do you pay half of the rent, you’re also not alone!!!
jin’s older and he may not voice this enough bUT he relies alot on jungkook as much as jungkook relies on him
jungkook’s the bug killer
he’s in charge of killing everything that’s crawling and slimey and has atleast made jin shudder once
he even has designated slippers for swatting spiders!!!! he’s used things from cereal boxes to his mousepad just going hard at these insects that bother jin
jungkook also has a higher pain tolerance
and he has this experience with these kind of things
and jin’s just scared shitless bUT
“please kook i nEED you to come with me to get my ears pierced :(((“
“but you already have your ears pierced.”
and that’s true
but it was just a standard piercing in the lobe that even babies have
“no i’m talking about a hELIX piercing!!!”
“oh you aRE???”
jungkook’s attention is fully caught now and he’s stopped working on the commission he’s handling as of the moment and right into jin who’s looking panicked
“i thought you said that you didn’t want it because it would hurt?”
he’s a bit frazzled because he remembers jin swearing that he’d go to his grave earlier rather than get his hard cartilage pierced
“well i changed my mind and i think it’s gonna look good on me :)))”
that bit’s actually true because jin didn’t order like five clip-on earrings after much thinking that he did LOVE how it looked on him
he contemplated for a moment that what if he just wears these clip-ons for the rest of his life y’know
but clip-ons hurt more than actual piercing like he sWEARS the blood flow to his ear stopped because the clasp was too tight and to loosen it means to lose it forever
and besides that, he’s LITERALLY allergic to fAKE things like these
huh guess he has actual taste with or without the allergic reaction to fake metal
of cOurse he’s gonna go to jungkook for moral support because the younger one has more piercings than him
jungkook has four piercings in total!! those two standard lobe piercings that even babies have, a second lobe piercing on his left ear, and his newest one!! — a mid-helix piercing on his right!!
he’s very-well aware that jin needs moral support and he’s a really sTURDY rock for his hyung that is more on the easy to get spooked side
and as much as this fuels his ego, he’s really hesitant to come with him because he’s jUst busy y’know??? and his latest commission is for this big online brand and he’s known to deliver right on time
he’s halfway through but the second half is really just as crucial as the first half because uHhhh jungkook’s dedicated and he’s getting paid and this is one of his jobs and this sustains his living
“i don’t know hyung.,.,.. when do you want to get it done?”
“well i was hoping nOW :D”
it’s 8 in the morning
eIGHT in the morning and jin could immediately see the bafflement in jungkook’s face so he quickly explains why because he just wants this so bad
“wait wait it’s because so i don’t chicken out!! it’s like nOW OR NEVER!! and the more time i spend thinking about it, then the mORE time i spend thinking about it. but i really dO wanna get this piercing and i just-...”
“i haven’t even had breakfast yet :((((“
oh
right jungkook’s coming with jin alright
it’s the line he pulls off when he’s convinced and of COURSE it’s hinting at jin to buy him breakfast to make his time worthwhile
jungkook’s a friend but he’s also an entrepeneur hA :D
besides him freelancing and picking up projects that require his skills of graphic design and making layouts,,,
he also has a lil online shop!!! he puts his works on bags and sticker and stuff and he is aLWAYS up for commission no matter how ridiculous it is
one day it could be someone asking him to draw them sketch-style with hearts around their head
or the other day it could be making a batch of twenty stickers and a print in a canvas bag, and very specifically, did it require to say
he’s being dead serious
really
lmao jungkook can’t stop laughing while he was designing this
HI MY NAME IS YOONGI AND I HAVE A BASKETBALL GAME TOMORROWWW
now at first he really didn’t knOW if the person that sent this commission was being serious because uH are you sure???
but then they sent in 50% of the fee and jungkook was immediately oh okay yea dude i’ll do this for you lol
he’s highly sure that this yoongi guy isn’t the one who commissioned him because wHY would you clown yourself like that??
that one’s for the books surely
now jungkook doesn’t know if seokjin always gets his way (spoiler alert: he does) but within an hour, he’s all clean and changed into new clothes and he’s nOW standing with jin right in front of this shop
this uh really nice-looking tattoo and piercing place that looks great from the outside and he has to hand that one over
“...,.,.. so have you ever been here before??”
......
“....,.,.. well nO actually but i read that it has gREAT reviews and the staff is also cool and the interior’s pleasing too so yEAH yeah let’s get it!!”
wait it does look pleasing
it’s not the most spacious shop in the world but the floor plan makes the shop look bigger than it actually is!!! and the granite tiles by the front look cLASSY too!!!!
kook lets his eyes wander to where the granite tiles stop and meet the wooden flooring and he just can’t help thinking in his degree y’know
graphic design just rates to sO many things in real life and he did not spend four years to try and maximize his knowledge in it as much as he could
oh they aLSO have a front desk??? that’s-
“hi welcome to hope ink sLASH vante studios!! walk-in, appointment, or are you just here to see me?”
what
the
fuck
is that a greeting
wAS THAT SUPPOSED TO BE A GREETING
jungkook’s trailing behind jin and he kinda scoffs at this dude in the front desk because what even
is that a part of the script
ok maybe jungkook just woke up in the wrong side of bed today bLAME HIM
jin, on the other hand, snorts at the greeting right away and it turns into a giggle and it pleasantly makes this receptionist do the same
the receptionist is this rEALLY fit guy with pink hair dressed in a white button-up and he looks pERKY AND CHATTY
a-and jungkook already hates him and he doesn’t know why bUT maybe it’s just because he isn’t amused whatsoever and he jus wants to come home immediately
oh right he even has that commission left to do and suddenly he’s feeling the time pressure
can they jUST speed this up
he’s here for moral support not for a chat with this pink-haired guy that doesn’t have a name tag and hOW can jungkook hate a guy that he doesn’t even know the name to ://
“walk-in?? no problem. you have six more people queued in front of you but not one of them has arrived sO yeah come with me!! what’s your name?? seokjin? jin??? okay come with me man!! lmao ur ᵍʳᵘᵐᵖʸ friend could come with too”
“i hEARD that.,..,”
“.,.,.. i know.”
jimin also finds jungkook irritating because he’s just being chirpy and this guy meets him for like two seconds and he’s already being a downer on his mood
he doesn’t even know his name!!!
although this jin guy is cool because obviously they r VIBING so hard
jimin’s leading the two of them to wherever jin’s gonna get his ear pierced and jungkook lags around behind to observe
this is a cool place!!!
to his left there’s a literal empty space with a rectangular podium in the middle of the area and it looks wEIRD ok
maybe a stall’s supposed to be there???
lol or maybe the tattoo artists do their tattoos there as if it’s a stage?????? oh god jungkook’s too fatigued for this he rEALLY needs to get glasses and get his eight hours in
to his right there’s some glass partitions with reclining chairs on them!!
and there’s some closed rooms to what jungkook can make out and he guesses that those are reserved for tattoos, maybe???
anyways he’s reading too much into this
he’s only moral support for a customer aND he’s not even gonna get anything done!!!
“you could just sit on this chair right here....,. lol and uh what’s his name.,.,. jungkook?? hmmm i’ll bring out a stool for you i guess...,.”
there are PLENTY of empty reclining chairs here why can’t jungkook just sit there????
jimin’s just being playful getting on jungkook’s nerves because he hasn’t been able to do that in a while with customers,,, because obviously they’re customers,,, and he doesn’t wanna jeopardize the shop rIGHT
“wait here, jin. we have two piercing artists in and i’m just gonna call them and y’know what you could just pICK who you want or like just pick the one who gets to your first!!”
okay
jimin’s a receptionist and he is fAIRLY new to this job but not to the other people working here
the usual script was to be formal and lead them to the artist or to the waiting area and formal just sounded SO boring
blame him for not being an uptight senior citizen
“one customer for an ear piercing!!! :D”
jimin’s head pops into hobi’s room where practically all of you are gathered when there’s no customers because the airconditioning is just sPLENDID
taehyung’s on his switch while he’s laid on your lap and you’re just on your phone from having scrolled in the same feed for like five times
“which one?”
you and tae ask at the same time and that’s when jimin kinda giggles and scratches at his nape as he stands around sheepishly
aha :D
“that’s the thing though i jUST told him to pick which one gets to do his piercing or... whatever....”
taehyung groans at that because oh god it was hobi who hired jimin and he’s told him off to nOt do that for a couple of times and here he is giggling like this isn’t the 35th time he’s put you and taehyung in this position and making the customer pick
“i’ll do it lmao don’t worry tae :))”
about time you do some actual work anyway
it’s not even lunchtime but you do wanna feel as if you’re productive because watching taehyung play animal crossing fRUSTRATES YOU
he whines a thank you because even though that meant more time for him to play, that also meant you deserting him and just have his head hit the cushions instead of your thighs :((
jimin’s walking with you as he leads you back to jin and there’s aLways a skip to his step and that is ur goal
ur goal is to be as happy as jimin in life because look at him!!!!
pink hair and cozy snug sweaters and dangling earrings and it doesn’t take much for him to laugh!!! what a trooper
the bell chimes and that’s his cue to jog over back to his spot and he just waves you over to go along like you cOULD walk over there by yourself
no problem!!! :D
uh-oh
it’s a problem
it’s really a problem
it’s a problem when the customer sat on the chair is so hot and cute and charming and hANDSOME
if angels do exist tHEN GOD HE MUST BE ONE
he looks so !!!!
WOW
he is actually so breathtaking are you sURE HE’S ACTUALLY REAL????
he has this long-ish hair that reminds you of taehyung’s but the only difference was that tae has a perm aND THIS GUY DOESN’T
and he has this cUTE nose that you wanna boop so bad and u saw him at the exact time that he was cheesing and he has this mole under his lip!!!!
ALSO
THE WAY HE’S SAT ON THE CHAIR
his arms are holding him up and he’s relaxed and oMG LOOK HIS EARRINGS ARE SO CUTE
they look heavy n they’re very flashy silver but oh god he could really really pull them off
you want those earrings aND YOU WANT THIS GUY
that’s cool y/n just breathe :D keep your cool :D you’re jUST gonna be stabbing his ears with some needles that’s all :D
“hi!! i’m y/n, your piercing artist for today!! what’s your name?”
jungkook’s beyond amused at jin who’s sitting on the chair at the other stall because lol he is so scared that he looks on the verge of crying
bUT he does feel sorry because no jin!!! the pain is just vERY quick and you’ll be done in no time!!
he wants to go to where jin’s at and actually sit on the stool that jimin provided for him but lmao no maybe later
he’s using it as a foot rest because he is really comfortable in this position and he’d rather not move until someone calls him out or something :))
or maybe when jin needs a hand to hold but like the piercing artist isn’t here yet so he has some time to lounge around hehe
“hyungie!!”
jungkook tries calling out just to take jin’s attention away from hyping himself about the pAIN he thinks he’s gonna be in
“what what?? whAt????”
“want me to deck the one who’s gonna be piercing you?? :D”
yAYYYYY jungkook’s got him to laugh!!
i mean he’s not actually gonna deck the piercing artist because uh that’s a lawsuit and second what the fUCk for
but it’s just this humor that jin thoroughly enjoys, especially now when he looks so near to tears
he gets teased anyway for looking out for jin even though he’s the younger of the friendship duo so why not joke about owning up to it??
“yA i’m serious!! i took up boxing for awhile and excuse you — my dad made me take up taekwondo when i was a kid!!”
“what are you gonna do? put the artist in a headlock??”
“...,.,. jin that’s mma,,..,.”
“lol you’re probably gonna be charged for traveling before you could land that kick”
“.,..,., jin that’s basketball and-..,..”
“maybe you could score a goal or something but jungkook that’s gonna be sO rare for you”
“.,.,. jin are you-...”
oh
OH
jungkook has probably never seen anyone so angelic he’s mid-laugh in and he sees you walking towards him and gOD ARE YOU REAL
maybe this isn’t a simulation you’re just that Perfect with the capital P :(((
“hi!! i’m y/n, your piercing artist for today!! what’s your name?”
oh god okay so this is where it goes down
“h-hi i’m jungkook!! i’m uH the friend of the one you’re gonna pierce today!!”
oh
you just wanna p-word right now
p for perish
you can nOT be embarrassed more
aha you’re just gonna detach from this situation as fast as possible because oh god you really looked like a FOOL in front of this really handsome guy :((
“hI i’m y/n and i assume you’re the one who’s gonna get pierced??”
if this guy isn’t it (and hE MUST be) then that means you’ve officially embarrassed yourself twice to tWO handsome men
the third time for yourself, the fourth for jimin who could be seeing this now, the fifth for maybe this random good ghost taehyung swears lingers by here, the sixth for-
“yEAH I’M JIN!!!! that’s me uh i’m sorry for jungkook,, jimin told him to sit by the stool and he didn’t wANt to and now we know wHY he should be sitting on the stool instead :D”
cue jungkook whose head is hung low while he’s sitting on the stool near you because god he also made a clown out of himself
it’s cool cool cool cool cool
“what piercing are you gonna get today? :))”
“mid-helix thank u vERY much :))”
jin’s pointing at his right ear and holding up his finger and that’s not exactly the mid-helix is but it’s ok ur gonna correct him later
he looks very nervous
you could literally see his fingers trembling and you just feel so sorry for him
jungkook can see that VERY clearly and so he’s just patting jin’s knee and you glance at him briefly and he’s looking RIGHT at you ahem
you hand jin a mirror and he yelps a bit when you lift your hand but you were jUST gonna wear gloves
kook doesn’t wanna laugh but in the same time he wants to laugh
“bro calm down y/n’s just putting on gloves!!!”
AND EVEN HIS VOICE SOUNDS GOOD :(((
you can’t shake off how how good your name rolled off from jungkook’s tongue and if ur being honest u feel kinda jittery
aha that’s my name :D omg what’s ur last name jungkook??? what a coincidence that’s gonna be mY last name too :D
chile
u nEED to calm down because otherwise you’d be as nervous as jin right now and you’re the one who’s gonna pierce him
lmao and you also met jungkook for the first time today so that’s a factor too you guess
“i’m just gonna be marking, okay?? does that look good to you?”
he calms down at that and takes a good look in the mirror and oOh that does look good!!!!
jin literally looks like he’s gonna faint
:O
“okay i only bust this out for a few customers,.,. and since you’re special and you deserve it and you look like you need it.,..”
that’s true tho
you have jin and jungkook’s attention fully and they’re peering at whatever you’re doing
you have this special box here in your cart and you’re hoping that you still have one of em aND
slime
it’s slime
bRAND-NEW SLIME
it’s the smooth matte type of slime and there’s a packet of like styrofoam beads you could mix into it!!!
technically this isn’t part of the payment but it’s ok yOU BOUGHT THIS YOURSELF!!!!!
specifically for the customers that you get that are terrified of needles or they’re so nervous and they don’t have anyone accompanying them
:O
jin’s very much speechless
:D
he takes the lil tub from you very excitedly and you’re just about to get the wipe and-
“here jungkook, you look like you wanted it too :))”
jungkook’s doe eyes grow mUCH bigger as you plop one on his lap and thank god because he would’ve wrestled with jin to have it
yo if he gets to marry you then he has to squeeze in you giving him slime at the first meeting into his vows somehow :’’’)
“y’know, i started working here about half a year ago!! i’m friends with the owners,” okay this bit is another one of your calming tricks
you’re pretending to get some stuff fixed and some things gathered but in reality,,, it takes about like ten seconds max to gather what you actually need
jin looks like he’s in the road to calming down anyways
“bUT i got my piercing license, i wanna say, a year and a half ago?? lmao funny story but i took training and certification out of a dARE and i took it with my uhhh friend :))”
wait what now
jin kinda looks concerned but in the same time he doesn’t because he’s in Zen mode rn
although you assure him that you DO take this very seriously and you’re fully certified and you passed through all the stages you needed to go through
“idk what jimin told you but i’m pretty sure he said something long huh”
“he said sLASH out loud.,.,”
“okay sO hobi, is the one who owns this shop!! it’s originally hope ink but tHEN taehyung owns another shop called vante studios and then rent’s expensive, right?”
“TOTALLY”
“I KNOW RIGHT????”
jin and jungkook can fully agree
jin’s been wanting to open a shop for sO long and jungkook’s been wanting to open a physical store for all his crafts but rent and decent space!!!! they r bitches
“they just decided to merge like two years ago!!! and it was for the better too!!! taehyung was my friend ever since uni and tHEN my course was graphic design-“
jungkook’s heart just flatlined jin was about to interject that oH kook here is also but nO JUNGKOOK BEATS HIM TO THAT
he squirms in his seat and even raises up his hand very eagerly and you look kinda alarmed
“me too me too!!!! i also studied graphic design!!!!”
“that’s sO COOL!!”
jin is enjoying this very much right now
if the two of you get married then he’s gotta have to add the they were vibing in the first meeting part to his best man speech
if he isn’t the best man then WHY is jungkook gonna get married in the first place :///
“i used to work at this company and boy was i overworked!! like i have so many things piled up but i just also don’t wanna half-ass the projects just to get through them quickly-“
“eXACTLY-“
“and so i quit :D”
that is quite the climax to your building story
that was very abrupt and frankly jin can’t get enough
which is perfect!!
because as he’s frustratedly asking you more questions while his hands blindly knead the slime and at one point he even stops, you’re already prepping up what you need
jungkook was also in the verge of frustration because you can’t just end it there :((
but then in his peripheral vision he could see what you were getting and it was a really good thing you already asked jin about his preferences and your professional opinion about this piercing
(if you were to ask him that now instead of earlier, it would be BACK to square one and you’d have to fish for another story in your head)
oh wow ur really good at this huh
kook has nothing but admiration and mad respect for you :3
he does his part on chatting up jin more and you internally praise him for that because look at that!!!! he knows what you’re doing!!!
you gesture for him to hold jin’s hands because you wouldn’t want to be distracted or have this hurt more than it should
piercings should be done in a quick and precise manner with no room for error on the artist’s end
and as for the customer, they literally need to stay still because hypertrophic scarring is a thing and you don’t want them to have that
jin’s story high is about to end because oH you’re standing near to him as he’s sat down and he’s starting to shut up because oh god oh god don’t look at the needle don’t look at the tHAT’S A BIG NEEDLE
“deep breath in for me, alright?”
you may have broken him and you haven’t even started yet
“jin? hmm? y’here with me?”
you found that saying your customer’s name helps to ease them and bring them down a bit and it works just as well with him
“do it with me and jungkook, okay?”
kook’s alert at that and you don’t even have to nudge him to do this with you
he even does it exaggeratedly to try and ease jin in the slightest and he even has him going along with him
ᵗʰʷᵒᵒᵖ
“jIN YOU DID SUCH A GOOD JOB!!! :D”
:O
omg jin can’t believe it either
“iT’S OVER??”
well not technically yet because you have to put the earring in but the worst part was already over!!
you had to still jin for a second because he kept laughing and therefore he’s trembling just a tiny bit so you have to grip on his shoulders-
oh they’re wide wide
maybe if you hold them for a little longer you could envision how wide the doorframe is to the
“aHEM ʲᶦⁿ⁻ʰʸᵘⁿᵍ’ˢ ᵉᵃʳʳᶦⁿᵍ ᵖˡᵉᵃˢᵉ”
lol jungkook really isn’t as sly as he think he is you finally put the earring in and hand jin his mirror back and he’s gushing
from how pretty it is
sure his ear is red as fUck but even if it’s not fading out yet, it still looks so cute and he feels no ounce of regret whatsoever
he did a helix piercing it’s ok he’s SURE he could tackle on the world rn you’re just cleaning up the tiny bit of blood and jin doesn’t even notice
“if that’s all, i need to talk to you about aftercare!! okay so-“
no no no
wAIT jungkook forgot that piercing sessions lasted this quick he can’t have that
he’s only been with you for like tEN minutes maximum and no no he’s not taking that this is TOO quick
“NO UH ACTUALLY I-“
jin’s taken aback because why are u being so loud for
jimin’s ears even perk up at that and if he’s being honest, he even jumped up a little because wHY is jungkook like that
you’re alarmed too because uH wait did you do something wrong??? oh god is it-
“i also want a piercing...”
ok listen you were actually expecting to do more piercings on jin because normally people don’t come here for a single one bUT jin just wanted one
and well jungkook’s cute and kinda and nice and you feel so weird having only met him for like ten minutes and u hate how good and quick you are at your job :(((
because that means less time to interact with jungkook
“... done by you.”
you’re pretty sure you could ascend to heaven right here right now
:D
“okay yEAH no problem!!! i’ll uh,, i’ll just get set up and i could talk to the both of you about aftercare after i pierce your ears aha :D”
you toss the gloves quickly to the bin
you’re making sure to wash your hands eXTRA clean and extra slow so you could be thorough :)))
jungkook practically pushed jin out of the chair with your back turned to them because Y/N SAID IT’S MY TURN :P
now he knows he said that he only came here for moral support but maybe getting a few more piercings done by someone he may already have a crush on after two seconds, isn’t necessarily a bad thing, right??
he always wanted more piercings anyway
he didn’t think for it to have them now but he kNOWS he definitely wants them now
“what’re you thinking about??”
wait no he didn’t prepare for this gOD are you seeing right through him
and the fact that he has a pathetic lil crush on you
“well aCTUALLY that’s aha quite a hard question to ask because uhm yOU SEE-“
that’s IT jungkook is now the fool and he should be-
“the piercings that you’re gonna get, koo.”
not only do you look calm and collected
but you also called him KOO and jungkook now wants to change his name in his birth certificate because fUCK jungkook whoever that bitch is
hIS NAME IS KOO NOW!!!!
“y-yeah that’s what i’m trying to get at!!” he’s scratching the back of his head and tries to suppress the sheepish smile that’s just widening as the time ticks by
“dealer’s choice :))”
“d-dealer’s choice???”
this is not the first time that a customer gave you the reins to do what you please because they trust you enough to do so
but jungkook giving you that decision with no hesitation at all and he’s all giddy sitting on his chair staring right back at you.,...,
whoosh
speechless luv speechless
jin is too because he’s partly listening and partly taking pictures of his ear and his side profile so he’s just mumbling off to the side smh now these two are gonna play poker now??
“i uh personally think that both your sides are good sides and it’s true sO i was thinking of a second lobe and third lobe on your right ear!!”
oh no not you confessing that he looks immaculate on the first meeting :((
yIKES jungkook’s just blushing profusely as he nods along with his lips pursed because if they aren’t then he will sqUEAL
“because it’s gonna fit you just nicely and you already have this mid-helix on your right!! and by the looks of it, it’s jUST freshly-healed and i don’t wanna hurt you or anything with another cartilage instantly and !!!! is that okay with you?”
he is okay
definitely MORE than okay
somewhere along the lines when you were disinfecting his ear, taehyung’s strolling out because what’s taking you so long??
jimin only said that it was just for one customer and like a single helix piercing and that doesn’t take long at all
he wants someone to watch him play animal crossing because who eLSE is gonna get frustrated with him (and therefore motivate him to do better) playing it besides you
“there you are!! wHAT’S — oHhh do you need me to take over for you?”
tae cares for you very much
sometimes a little too much
but all in good reason!!!!
the moment you offered him a sip of your iced coffee you bought from the convenience store, he automatically knew that he wanted to protect you from the wORLD
if only you didn’t look at each other as really really close friends, 10/10 the two of you would probably be a couple now lmao
he always asks this question in that tone that sounds intimidating because
if his voice is deep he makes it even deeper bc that would scare off some people
some people being the occasional group of frat guys that come 
here to get pierced and they’re all lining up for YOU and not for taehyung
they r small-minded
not to mention creeps
and they’re trying to smooth-talk their way to you and you aren’t having it
and sO IS TAEHYUNG
and jimin
and hobi
and even the stray cat jimin lets in the shop from time to time because lil chimmy looks like he’s gonna claw this dude’s nose right OUT
(( this is why jimin’s scolded for giving the customer the choice when the scenario’s unnecessary))
lol taehyung took over for you and he stared down all these frat guys and got them done quickly and u know what he may or may not made it hurt aNYWAYS
jungkook isn’t that type though
you tHINK
you’d hate for him to receive taehyung’s sternness and so you’re quick to wave off tae with a smile
kook is kinda scared because uhhhh is this your boyfriend and uhhhh do you know how to patch me up because he looks like he’s about to wHOOP my ass :((
“no need, tae!!” his stance relaxes at that but he’s still wary, a knowing smile on your lips as you face jungkook who’s shying away from taehyung’s stare
“jungkook, this is taehyung — the one i was talking to you about!! my friend aND one of the two owners of this shop :D”
“heymannicetomeetyouimjungkook”
atleast tae shakes his hand back so that’s good in hindsight
he isn’t nervous about the piercing but he IS nervous with how jimin and taehyung are eyeing him because he’s deduced that they’re your friends and they think somEthing must be going on
pls he’s only met you now :((
but he wishes he’s met you sooner
you’re marking down on his ear and he catches a whiff of your perfume and it’s safe to say that he may be wHIPPED already
although tae caught him doing that and now jungkook’s just pretending to sniffle from a cold
even goes the extra mile to tell jin outloud that they should get vicks candies after this
he is not slick at A L L oh my god he does not have any game whatsoever and it makes taehyung laugh to himself for a moment because oh god
he’s seen frat boys get their rip-off calvin klein knickers in a twist but he hasn’t seen a customer like jungkook that has a cRUSH on you point-blank
oh ok :)))
jungkook sees a mischievous smile on taehyung’s face that’s directed for him and he does not like it at all
“something tells me that i don’t need to distract you with a chat like i did with your friend, hm?”
he hears you mumble under your breath when you lean in and he stifles a giggle at that because n-o he isn’t a scaredy cat like jin is
however
for this occasion he wishes that he has a weak heart because there’s absolutely NOTHING he wouldn’t give just to have that Jin Treatment
jungkook eagerly nods his head when you ask him if you’re ready and taehyung nearly doubles over in laughter because he didn’t know that this guy was tHIS desperate ok
ᵗʰʷᵒᵒᵖ
“good job kook!!!! :D”
hehehe
he’s been told that atleast a hundred times before but coming from you??
he could ascend to heaven because it just makes him blush so mUCH and every miniscule thing u do or say to him?? enough for him to set himself on fire
that’s right :D i did a good job :D say that again pls :D
there’s just one more piercing left to do and he barely flinches
merely blinks and before he knows it,,,,
he’s done
like actually done this time
:((
taehyung pats him on the back because he’s there to brief him and jin with the aftercare
why can’t yOu do it????
oh that’s right jimin YELLED for you all across the shop so he could beckon you over to the front desk
jungkook’s pouting the whole time
ok yes i’ll disinfect this twice a day :((
ok yes sir i will go here if i feel like there’s something wrong with my piercing or if it’s showing any signs of allergies or infection
wait did u say i could go here..,.,,.
anyways he’s very gutted to know that he has to leave because he did come here in the first place to support jin
and here he is with two fresh piercings and blushing cheeks,,
just plain-out wondering when he could see you again
or probably the 70% chance that he’ll never do
he’s just standing behind you as you converse with jimin and while jin’s by the counter to pay for himself and jungkook (which then turned out that taehyung gave him a 50% discount overall because it’s like yO man i appreciate you and u feel like my hyung thank you) and he must look like an utter fool
jungkook has never been this nervous before
he’s been told that he visually looks intimidating as fUck but it all breaks when he smiles or giggles and basically stops scowling
jin teases him every single time whenever he wears these big romper stompers as he calls them and he has to say every time that nO he is not an e-boy :(((
he’s tucking his hands in his pockets because oh god oh god jimin’s giving him a look and then that prompts you to look at what he’s looking and he’s not prepared yet oKAY
he has no lines and no direction and-
“y/NNNNN aha!!”
lol he’s cute
it seems like your nervous jitters were passed to him because you very quickly got over them by distracting yourself
you know mAYBE you just find jungkook attractive and you don’t have a crush on him
that thing exists
he’s saying your name like it’s the eighth wonder of the world and honestly he feels like it is
“can i have the number?”
he asks upright and fuck that sounded so straightforward and too quick because if it wasn’t stressed enough, he just met you today!! t o d a y he doesn’t know at all that his voice sounded much like a squeal
or the fact that jin’s practically gAWKING at what jungkook just did but at the same time he looks like he’s a proud dad!!
or that jimin’s just snickering at the back and shaking his head at jungkook while clicking his tongue because lmao he knEw that this guy had a thing for you
he just didn’t know that he’d advance to you this painfully and awkwardly
jimin’s had a lot of awkward interactions with customers but nOT to this point that he looks like he’s gonna pass out
taehyung’s cupping his hand over his mouth because oof that wasn’t as smooth and jungkook thinks it is
it’s like waterslides but there’s not enough water in it so for the first half it’s all smooth but then at the second half it’s just dried out
and your back’s just skidding and hurting and you have to manually push yourself down the slide and now EVERYONE in the pool’s now looking at you awkwardly and then u decided that you want to sink into a blackhole
aha tae wonders who got that experience :D certainly not him :D
“o-oh the number for the shop i mean!!! piercings and stuff like that!!! a cALLING CARD IS WHAT I MEANT”
okay now jungkook reeled too far in
jin’s massaging his temples because the second-hand embarrassment is too much and he wants to make it clear that he is not affiliated with jeon jungkook OR whatever his name is
it’s like casting your fishing line to the water and you just feel this slight bite (but it’s probably just your wrist snapping) and all of a sudden you feel like it’s the biggest catch eVER in history
you’re wondering on the down-low of uhhhhhh lol why is it so light and it’s like i kNOW i’m powerful but why is it too easy for me
then turns out that it’s just a random piece of seaweed
lol definitely NOT jin :D of course not :D
you’re a bit bummed because honestly you really thought that jungkook would ask for your number
although you could just give it to him but you’re not tHAT daring on the first meeting
“calling card yeah sure :)))”
you outstretch your hand because the stack of calling cards are literally just on jimin’s desk and jungkook also failed to account for that
you hand it to him and jungkook’s just blinking rapidly because oH,,,, landline,,,, o-oh you really did just give him what he ASKED for
here’s the catch
jungkook’s a big dummy
HE MISSES YOU OKAY
it’s been a solid week ever since he and jin got piercings done
jin’s beyond happy with his piercing and he looks at himself in every reflective surface every single time because he’s just in LOVE with the new addition
he’s already dreaming of his next one and what earring he’d put in once this one’s all healed
doesn’t help that jin keeps mentioning you every single time either
or the fact that he is stiLL playing with the slime you’ve given him and kook’s conflicted whether he wants to steal it or throw it out of the window his piercings are all good :( he can peacefully sleep on his side now :(
normally that would be a good thing but now jungkook’s wondering if it’s wrong to hope that atleast there may be sOMETHING WRONG with it :(((
just so he could drop by the shop
speaking of the shop
he found the instagram account :D
not necessarily found because well the handle was in the calling card
ANYWAY
there’s a big following for it!!
he assumes that these tattoos are done by the hope guy and they look pretty awesome
there’s the piercings too!!!
that’s jin’s ear!! tHAT’S JUNGKOOK’S EAR!! :D
why is he so happy
he has no idea on which one of you runs this account and he’s a lil shit.,... that’s why he won’t slide into the shOp’s dms in hopes that you’re the one running it
what if he sends a cute message of “hey i miss u” and it turns out that it’s jIMIN who’s in charge of the acc
that’s a big L for kook
if jimin were to picture that situation, he would block and clown jungkook for life
he’s scrolled far enough to see a picture that isn’t of ink and reddened ears
it’s a picture of the staff!!!
you’re standing brightly in the middle with your arms around taehyung and *grunt* jimin while you’re the embodiment of :D
and jungkook’s smiling to himself in the dark because uh it might be late in the morning when he’s doing this
now there’s TWO other guys and he knows that one of them mUst be hoseok but he’s not exactly sure which one of these dudes because he doesn’t know what hobi looks like
he’s now on a roll because the other handles are tagged :D and well :D
jungkook isn’t a creepy guy ok
he’s just genuinely curious about you and he misses yOU who he’s only met for like less than an hour who was really gentle with him even if u poked a needle to his ear otherwise
now you’re not really thAt uptight with your feed because in your humble opinion
ahem
pictures with the same aggressively saturated/unsaturated filters going on and on are kinda very annoying for you because now every picture looks like the other and what’s the pOINT
there’s multiple pictures of the guys there!!!
taehyung looking sophisticated and intimidating and sOft at the same time that jungkook feels smol
ok ok maybe he should level his wardrobe game up a little bit
jimin looking very smiley and poised and kook huffs because he’s not the oNLY one who could pull off a cardigan smh ://
that’s IT he’s going to jin the first thing in the (normal waking hours of) morning and requesting (kINDA DEMANDING) that jin makes him a cardigan please
oh so that’s hoseok
he looks intimidating-ish and in the pictures he looks stOic but there is this one picture tho that he’s smiling and that makes jungkook smile too finally there’s you!!!
most pictures of you are taken either by a really nice camera OR a grainy film camera one
taehyung takes your pictures with his expensive-ass dslr aND his film cam and there’s just something about it that mwah 𝒸𝒽𝑒𝒻’𝓈 𝓀𝒾𝓈𝓈
you don’t look ugly in them and u don’t hate the way you look in them and it’s just!!! wow!!! taehyung baby please develop these right nOW
jungkook’s sighed wistfully atleast twenty times now
damn he just wants to see you again is that tOO much to ask for he doesn’t know what time at all he goes to sleep but he knows for sure that he’s awake now
like awake AWAKE normally, jin just lets jungkook laze around and sleep away because he
too can attest to the fact that the both of them need sleep so much he only wakes him up when jungkook tells him the night before to wake him up at this certain time at aLL costs
..,... oh you mean *all* costs .,..,.
so far jin really enjoys all the things he’s came up with
he’s tried spraying jungkook with the same bottle that he uses for the plants repetitively until he wakes up
oooooh he’s also tried piling on froot loops on jungkook’s nose (his record’s twelve!!!) until the smell made jungkook sniff and thEn sneeze
you know that scene in how i met your mother when robin was drunk asleep then a baby wakes hEr up by crying then she just wakes up,,, dazed n confused,,, and goes to comforting the baby and turns out that it’s a sTRANGER’S baby??? yeah that one
jin made this alpaca plushie and it looks like him with the gentle smile and he named it RJ because what a cutie :((( you shall now be named RJ
and sO what he did was play a random crying baby loop on his phone and bURST into jungkook’s room
“jungkook the baby the baby’s cRYING”
and jungkook’s all groggy but then he yawns and stands up
“aisH ‘mkay heYYY bud calm down, hmm?? i’m-“
wait hOLD UP
jin still has that video on his phone to this day,, of jungkook cradling and even patting the back of a plushie with the hush noises,,,, until he eventually realizes that he is not the father
and most certainly that this is nOT a baby
but the thing is
jungkook didn’t ask jin to wake him up
his projects this week have all been completed last night
what is perhaps something so important this morning that jin is literally sHAKING him awake to the point that jungkook’s ducking underneath his hands because he thought it was an earthquake????
“you know? you know how we talk about us collaborating aLL the time?? the endless opportunities???? how you knOw i’ve been literally figuring this out in the majority of my spare time and-...”
jin’s talking so fast and that wakes up jungkook because whew slow down he is at the capacity of turbo the garden snail pre-nitrous oxide
“yeah sure online shops are cool!! we bOTH have our own!!! we work two jobs!! but we both know that we like it better oUR way right???”
no printer just fax
maybe it’s the stubbornness in jungkook but he just doesn’t like it when someone’s breathing down on his neck and making demands profusely even if that is what a job entails lol
jungkook’s just nodding because he feels that whatever jin has to say is important with how quick he’s talking and how big his eyes are
“what if i told you — jungkook are you rEADY to hear this-“
“yeah yeah whAt is it??”
“i mean it are you pREPARED to hear-“
“what wHAT??? now you’re just making me antsy!!”
jin’s trying to calm himself by pursing his lips and even his finger that’s raised is trembling
“what if i told you that i earned us an excellent aND affordable spot at a famous shop,,, the perfect placement and i know the owners and we could go there, right now, to finish settling and start setting?”
...
....
.....
“jin are you fucking sHITTING ME???”
oh my god
jungkook’s springing out of bed and is just jumping up and down with jin out of sheer joy because oMG
they’ve both wanted this for so long and kook feels like he is actually about to cry
“you wanna know something???”
“of cOURSE i wanna know something!!”
“hope ink?? vante studios?? remember when we got our ears pierced by y/n?? do you remember that platform thingy???”
yes yes i remember get to ur point jin
“i was so curious with it that i texted taehyung at 11 in the evening last night and i didn’t kNOW that he would reply,,, turns out that it was a space for rent and obviously i was like wHAT DID YOU JUST SAY???”
oh my god oh my god is this what jungkook thinks it is
“and then this morning, he gave me hoseok’s number and he said that we could head to the shop and discuss terms!!! he sounded sO excited too!!”
wait
does this mean
does this mean that he gets to see you again???
:O
“you’re telling me that i get to see y/N??”
you don’t know what the commotion is about
you’re a lil bit disoriented coming into the shop because you and jimin
went out for shots the night prior
you regret challenging him to a dare
now said jimin is here surprisingly early,, absolutely hammered because oh god he regrets taking you up for your dare
he thinks he’s being sly with his sunglasses on but he is positively wrong <3
you had to do a double-take because this was just weird
the shop should be open by now but the sign says that it’s closed
and something in the air feels weird and somehow..,. baby powder fresh??
hobi and tae are sitting on the waiting area discussing some things and they keep giggling every few seconds
“jimin what’s going on??”
you’re nudging him to move from his seat but he refused to yield so now ½ of your buttcheeks is sitting on his chair
“bro i don’t know aNYTHING”
thing is, yOU’RE the one who takes care of him when he’s drunk and forces him to drink water so he wouldn’t be as wrecked the next day
“shouldn’t receptionists know the gossip??”
“shouldn’t yOU be talking a little quieter??”
lol ok go off mr. jimin the receptionist
he’s already apologized for his quips and you know by now that whenever he’s grumpy and this rekt, he’s a bit more catty and has sensitive ears so now the two of you are just talking in whispers and jimin has his head rested on your shoulder :((
“i think someone’s finally renting the stage”
“really??”
you and jimin just call it “the stage” because the platform at the shop just looks so ominous and empty,, even if jimin doodles something on a sticky note and puts it at the center of the stage
hobi was the one who wanted it to be there!!!
right when he and tae decided to merge, he wanted a bigger space to accommodate this stage for future tenants
it’s a good business opportunity and easily profitable!!!
although no one’s rented it
maybe now’s the time!!!
jimin loves making assumptions lmao
his mind,,,, wow jimin’s mind just perplexes you
“i think it would be a waffle stand!!”
“jimin… why would someone put in a waffle stall… in a tattoo shop..,.,.”
“honestly why nOt?? some clients get tattooed for what, like five hours?? let’s say they’re hungry. do you tHink they’d bring a lunchbox with them??”
“you’re right.,..,. you’re absolutely right.”
before you and jimin could condense the options furthermore though, tae and hobi are already walking towards the two of you that are still whispering
they’re gonna announce something!!!!
tae’s trying to keep it together as hobi’s trailing it out with his speech and he’s taking tOO long
“someone’s gonna be renting out the stage!!!!”
he basically squeals and you and jimin nod to each other aha
he was aiming for perhaps a bIGGER reaction
“oh lmao we already guessed it ten minutes ago”
“but do you knOw what’s gonna be there??”
jimin immediately raises his hand begging for hobi to call him on to answer as he’s violently flailing around
“you know??? what is it then???”
“waffle stand :D”
the outright cackle hobi lets out is enough to send you meanwhile jimin’s pouting,, still confused before you urge him to take a seat
the two of them won’t tell you at all and then agreed to just keep it as a surprise until the tenants come
jimin’s literally at the edge of his seat as he lets you take ¾ of the chair because nOw he’s excited
the door chimes and you stand up at lightning pace that you forget jimin’s sTILL sitting there lmao
well he’s sitting.,.. just on the floor
you’re hurrying to pick him up and the moment you drag him up with you, you feel like yOU’RE the one who’s gonna fall sheesh
your knees are bUckling
“jungkook!!!!!”
jungkook’s happily waving at you and he forgets that the two of you aren’t close because he’s about to make his way to hug you
it looks like you’re the only who’s in shock
it’s starting to sink on why jungkook and jin are here and you immediately freak the moment it clicks in your head
“oh my god did something happen with your piercings?? let me-“
you’re in panic mode and you’re walking so fast towards jin and kook stops you before your heart could even explode
“no nO!! don’t worry!! didn’t they tell you?”
“tell me what??”
taehyung and hobi are grinning so hard and it’s only a matter of seconds before tae has his arm around your shoulder as he gestures to them
“they’re the tenants!!”
oh
OH
DOES THIS MEAN-
:O
“hihi nice to see you again, y/n!! look at my piercing it’s healing sO quickly!!”
jin is the first to put you in an embrace and you squeal when he does because omg he is a furnace
you’re pointing at his ear excitedly and he even babbles on how he wants more now and you instantly add on to that conversation
jungkook’s a bit uHhh because he wanted to greet and hug you fIRST!! 
although he does get his turn because jin turns his attention to hobi who he’s excited to meet
jungkook can’t help but to hug you a little bit tighter and mayhaps even sniff the scent of your perfume again !!!! omg he missed you so much everything’s going great
jin plus jungkook and taehyung plus hobi were able to agree on a deal within the day!! it was so easy and both parties are such delights
they’d get a partition done in the meantime so while you all get to work, jin and kook could have things done with it being a surprise factor for the patrons!!!!
their ideas already sound so good
you learned that jin studied fashion design and jungkook with the graphic design and how you’d even hear stories from them on how they saved each other’s asses so many times
their layout for their stall??? immaculate
jungkook’s fingers are itching to layout the floor plans and all these graphics because fuck he is ecstatic and he cAN’T hide it
you find his smile to be absolutely aDORABLE
that smile with his nose scrunched up and he looks like a bunny and how he laughs loudly and it’s actually contagious
you finally got to exchange numbers :D
kook was the one who texted first and it was out of the blue because he’s wasted all this time just thinkinG on how he’d approach you first
then he was designing prints to go on to the stall until his body dropped and with the energy he had left he went :]
what do you think :) about :) my designs :)
and then you REPLIED and he didn’t think that far ahead
you commended him for it and you realize that your way of designing is different from his but in the same time somehow alike???? yes synergy
“what more do you have left to do?? lol u should really go to sleep koo :D”
“just some more cards i guess?? like the ones with the ~opening sale!!!~ and things like that”
inch resting
you may be so whipped for jungkook that you may or may not have did those layouts yourself
hehe
:D
kook comes to the shop early on the morning so they could be hands-on with the set-up all that but he instantly gets energized the moment you come near him
he should’ve fixed himself up a little bit longer
it’s all clear that he looks fATIGUED and jimin keeps teasing him that he looks like triangle gimbap :(( and he wasn’t annoyed then but he is nOW because oh u might think of him like that too
you put a whole-ass hard drive on his palm and you could’ve just gave him a flAshdrive or sent him the files like a normal person would but he’s special ok
and the gears in his head are turning because oh my god what is iN this wHY are you giving me this and-
“opening sale,,, discounts,,,,, layouts you had left.,….,. y’know :))”
brO
bRO
jungkook’s so happy and he’s still in disbelief because you did that?? you really did THAT for him and you haven’t known him for like a week but you still did it??
this is such a big deal and he doesn’t know how he could express that he’s thankful for what you did besides
ᵐᵐᵖʰ
hugging you :((
oh god you’re really falling for jungkook qUICK
you don’t wanna say that you’re the type to get attached quickly but you aRE the type to get attached quickly :((
although you’ve only been in one (1) relationship before and it went for pretty long but you won’t get into that lol
taehyung knows this so well and mAYBE that he knows that for a brief time when you first met him, you did have a tiny crush on him but that dispersed quickly
it’s just this feeling in you that jumps up every now and then
that’s it tHAT’S the person
but then it isn’t that person
tae knows you enough and well,, he tries to interfere with your decisions from time to time because you get crushes and well sometimes they’re not crush material at all lmao
he knOws you have the hots for jungkook
but he’s not sure whether or not jungkook feels the same
://
he needs to keep his mind open ok
he doesn’t know jungkook that well but he does know that there are a LOT of guys like jungkook
that sounds pretty hypocritical of him but taehyung’s just that way hehe he just doesn’t speak his thoughts loudly
but he is THINKING
and he’s shutting up and he won’t go off on you yET of how maybe you should feel this one out with jungkook and try to analyze if it’s uhm a two-way thing y’know….
that you’re not the only one who’s getting attached….
it’s officially the opening for the shop and jin and jungkook couldn’t be happier
everyone’s having so much fun!!!!
they didn’t expect these many people and ph god the tears are definitely coming whew
it feels like everyone and everyone’s mother is at the shop and they’re all genuinely having a good time :D
there’s tONS of flowers and you all surprised the both of them with an additional blowout and wow it’s really endearing to try and digest
the people that came in for their tatts and piercings to be done?? they aLL went to the stall!!! their appointment isn’t due yet and they’re a bit early??omg why not go to that pretty shop WITHIN this shop???
they’re all done with their appointment and wanna buy a bomber jacket?? some stickers?? some prints within this frame?? that’s it they will go rIGHT now
vice versa too!!!
the people that initially came for jin and koo’s shop?? they were intrigued and went “lol why not let’s get a piErcing while we’re at it!!!”
business is booming
u gotta say that
satisfaction levels are off the roof
jimin is absolutely having THE time of his life because he gets to chat and he LOVES chatting!!! so much!!! omg who are u!! lemme talk to you about this pretty kitty i saw on my doorstep this morning :D
this whole time, jungkook is beaming and glowing and it makes your heart go whOosh
everytime he bumps into you or sees you in his peripheral vision? would absolutely waddle towards you and sling his arm around your waist and point to all the people in there as he giggles excitedly
whatever’s going on
whatever tHIS was
you’re loving it :(( you want more and it’s driving you crazy that you’re too chicken to make any moves towards jungkook and hE ALSO WON’T
you don’t wanna approach any of the guys either because adding them into this equation won’t make it any less confusing
hobi would just furrow his eyebrows at you because it’s ???? not that hard ???? just confront him and ask if he wants to take it to the next level with you ???? or like idk cONFESS ????
jimin would absolutely tattle and before you know it, you’re already in a reddit or quora thread because he too needs advice, before he himseLF gives advice
taehyung??
well you’re not exactly sure on how tae would react but u know that you’re scared to open up either way because you just aren’t prepared!!
“whatcha doing?? :D”
jungkook’s been awfully too enthralled and his eyes are literally less than an inch away from whatever it is that he’s holding
he’s slouching too and you distinctly remember seokjin getting these chairs with these backrests on them, specifically not for him to do so
he hasn’t been speaking for awhile now and nORMALLY you’d hear his voice every now and then even if you were back to your station or even in the break room
he’s just so fOcused and although that’s not necessarily a bad thing, he needs a break every now and then ok
here you are with a glass of iced tea you just made :)) only supposed to fix up a glass but then taehyung had glared and pouted you from across the room :)) so now you have made a pitcher and everyone’s happy :))
kook kinda jolts at that and it’s what reminds him to blink and tear his eyes away from what he’s holding, looking up at you and a fat tEAR drops from his eye
oh god did you make him Cry
lol no
jungkook’s just wiping it off because he hasn’t blinked in awhile and his eyes are beyond strained at this point
“i brought you-…”
did jungkook just-
oh
did he-
you were supposed to put the iced tea down on his table and you even brought a cOASTER for it
but then jungkook probably doesn’t think of that because he’s wordlessly put his hand on your tummy and sat you down
he’s sat you down.,..,. on him.,…
in technical terms
jungkook’s sitting with his legs slightly spread apart and you’re sat rIGHT at that remaining space
and mind you
this chair is not the biggest chair in history
nor is jungkook’s thighs small.,., hence him taking up the entirety of the chair and leaving a tiny space on it for you to sit
aND YOU KNOW THAT
and out of instinct did you think that you’re gonna fall off, you hoist yourself up and he even helps you out for it, going so far as to wrap his arm around your tummy once again and bring him up on his lap more securely
you’re now sITTING ON JUNGKOOK
although you’re not sure if he realizes this bit that much because he still seems genuinely preoccupied with what he’s doing
his chin’s propped up on your shoulder and his arms around yOU all while it looks like he’s stringing a thread through these beads before he decides to speak
“this mom came in today asking if we could make party favors for her kid’s birthday party,” he absentmindedly hums and for any other scenario would
you ask him to continue on
but now you’re in a PRESSING scenario
literally
your cheeks feel so hot right now and it’s worse than when you try those hiit workouts that straight out come from hell
“so fORTY kids, right? this seven-year old has so much friends?? anyway!! she wanted to have bracelets spelling the kids’ names bUt with these acrylic pendants — sounds good but a lil complicated, right?”
“rIGHT you’re right!!!! :)”
jungkook suddenly stomps his foot down as he huffs because this goddamn string just won’t get in this damn bean and u feel your sOul quiver
“aha let me get that for you!!!”
you’re flustered if it wasn’t that any mORE obvious but apparently, jungkook takes no notice at all because he just scrunches his nose in thanks when you take it from him
“but then, she said that she wanted one more thing to give away!! wanna guess?” he nuzzles further to your shoulder and by your neck and you swear that you’re absolutely dYING
you cock your head to the side the moment jungkook gets back the unfinished bracelet from you and he even nUDGES HIS NOSE TO YOUR
NECK
mhmmm
good food…. good fucking food…..
“matching little cream bERETS that have their name embroidered on them.”
jungkook snorts because hmmm isn’t that a bit too much?? is this kid 7 or 70
“and so yeah, okay, jin-hyung entertained the order and the beret part. and then we gave her a quote. and then she said that she needs it tWO days from now!!! T W O !!!”
the way he emphasizes is adorable but gOd the way he’s practically teasing you right now and pretending to not know about it at all is just sINFUL
“it was a rush order, and she said that she’d pay triple even bEFORE jin could say that she’d have to pay extra!!!” he wraps up on this particular bracelet then before tying it off, having to lean more so he could see better and in turn making you aDJUST
makes you screw your eyes shut because you’re positive that kook would be the death of you
“do you know how mANY variations the name kayleigh could have?? because i certainly dO”
jungkook snorts once more before he could even adjust the way he’s sitting but this time though it’s you who’s caught him off-guard
“this chair hmm???”
now listen
he’s had this scene play out in his head and yes he may or may not have planned for it
of cOurse he would take any chance that he gets to sit you down on his lap
HOWEVER
this one was purely innocent!!!
jungkook was so endeared with you preparing him iced tea and he was just so stressed with these bracelets and he wanted to show you them!!!! that’s all!!!!
but then the equation played out in his head that oh.,.., there is Not Enough Space for two people in this chair that is clearly built for one person only
and tHEN the realization came to him that oh you are INDEED sitting down on his lap and the way you’ve reversed this card is commendable
he swears you were flustered just awhile ago but nOw??? you’re full-out hinting him on this directly and not beating around the bush and oH god that just made him-
“y-yeah this chair, hmm?? what about it??”
jungkook’s the one that’s stuttering now and he unconsciously wraps his hands around your waist tightly as he chews on his bottom lip
your throat’s a bit dry but there’s just this sudden desire that’s popping into you and it automatically cuts our whatever awkward filter you have on
he feels you obviously grind on him in a clockwise motion and you’re playing it oFF so smoothly that he almost forgets that the two of you aREN’T exactly alone
“why don’t you show-
“are those bracelets??? omg”
hobi’s voice resonates from the distance and it automatically goes higher because he’s walking towards the booth in an eager pace
okay fUCK
you automatically yelp and jungkook squeals and before you know it, he’s standing up sO quick before he practically sits you down on his chair forcefully
jungkook’s legs are literally in a tWist as he’s standing behind the backrest and you have to grasp your cheeks to try n cool them down
“yeah!! aha it’s for this client omg but i have so many more to go through and it’s just really busy and all and so i-“
“lemme help!!! today’s a slow day for me anyways!! :D”
hobi’s walking in and he’s aiming for jin’s unoccupied chair that is literally just beside yours and kook is sCRAMBLING away oh god oh god someone’s gonna see this tENT in his fucking pants
“aha omg need to pee!!! y/n’s iced tea makes me wanna pee so badly aha she’s — IT’S so good omg just need to go the bathroom!! aha brb!!!!”
hobi is a little bit perplexed? but uh he doesn’t wanna delve into it that much
you’re shoving your face into your hands because that’s… the glass of iced tea…… it’s not even sipped from yet…..
it’s okay it’s cool
delayed gratification!!! yeah, that!!!! that applies to here, right????
right???
pls say right
it’s always been this flirty and touchy and affectionate atmosphere between the two of you
you were testing out on jumping in puddles basically :((
of course you don’t want jungkook to be this “friend” that you have frequent loving banter and sexual tension with aND is the type to sit you down on his lap and then completely ignore you as you stew in tension
.... of course not
do you know what to feel? not really
truthfully you aREN’T that strong-willed and you only become proactive when the case is absolutely necessary
you have a backbone in you it’s just not THAT strong
which is why you don’t know how you should treat jungkook’s sudden shift in emotions and the way he’s practically avoiding you
you don’t wanna push into him and force yourself over anything he isn’t ready with!! of course not
you don’t know whether you should be enraged because it’s hIM who’s sending mixed signals and right when you think you’re making progress, it’s always two steps back
you don’t know whether you shouldn’t think about it that much because maybe just mAybe it isn’t your loss!!!! jungkook just has a lot on his plate and you shouldn’t be bothered!!!
you DO know that you’re kinda sad 
because you’re just so clueless and no matter how tiny of a nudge (you wrote on a paper towel and slid it to him) or big of it (you wrote on a piece of tracing paper with jimin’s glitter pen) that you give him, he wouldn’t be open to you
atleast let you in just the tiniest bit
atleast tell you if you’ve done something wrong or if he needs anything from you
:(
is jungkook losing his shit?? 100% percent
here’s the dish
jungkook is a bIT of an asshole
to further explain, he’s just so mighty afraid of commitment while knowingly doing y’know.... things that you’d DO in a committed relationship
maybe afraid is not the word
it’s a mix of fear and uhhhh perhaps disinterest
:D jungkook is totally an asshole isn’t he :D
he’s had mORE than a fair share of experience lol that’s for sure
but perhaps his first real experience of an actual relationship was with ji-eun from uni
aha well it did initially start with one-night stands :)) and then eventually it became friends with benefits :))
then ji-eun addressed him as boyfriend one night to her friends and jungkook remembers stiffin up that night because uhhhhh??? oh do i have a girlfriend now
he didn’t ask and he didn’t complain
now ji-eun eXPECTED for him to roast her for it but??? he played along???
he’s noticed that ji-eun’s become more affectionate with him and tOuchy but it’s not for escalating things
she’s constantly texting him and inviting him out to eat and normally,,, after sex,,, the most jungkook could ever get was a gRANOLA BAR that she lets him steal when he’s sneaking out but uH you wanna eat lasagna??
he was just sO out of it because is this what being a boyfriend entails??? aha safe to say that he does NOT want a relationship ://
he tried out this boyfriend thing for a 7-day free trial and he immediately left and broke things up with ji-eun (she hates him now but she’s still pining over him)
(( whenever jungkook adds something to his stories, ji-eun goes hAM on those heart emojis ))
he’s just not into commitment
he wants the time and the freedom that most people get less of when they’re in a relationship
jungkook doesn’t get why these girls still get mad at him when he’s made it clear in the first place that he’s oNLY in it for the s-
yeah ok maybe he’s an eternal douche of a frat boy ://
he doesn’t want you to take it the wrong way though
bECAUSE HE LIKES YOU
HE’S SURE
OK MAYBE NOT A HUNDRED PERCENT SURE
but he is sure of it to a degree :D
he just finds it as another ji-eun situation but this time he has more interest!!!
he’s actually thought that maybe being a boyfriend isn’t all that bad
however jungkook’s mind immediately started drifting to how maybe you aren’t a fan of him staying up in the early hours of morning, doing something he could’ve done mUCH earlier and then you’ll hate him or something
he doesn’t wanna go to brunch or wear matching clothes :////
he once came into the shop wearing a black button-up with a black shirt underneath and THEN jimin came in later but with just a black button-up with that he completely REFUTES the idea of relationships because lit rally everyone in the shop kept teasing him to jimin and he doesn’t even liKE jimin
“oh uHhH you wanna take it... slow?”
you’re blinking slowly at jungkook who’s standing in front of you and is looking a little... nonchalant??
nonchalant but in the same time he looks nervous
nervous sweats but he’s playing it off by running his hand through his hair and making these tired eyes at you
quick is he pulling this off oR does he look like an absolute ass
“yeah!! it’s just like uh y’know... casual. a casual, laid-back type of thing!!!”
you don’t know how you’re gonna process that
but you do wanna respect jungkook’s wishes no matter how much you feel it’s a bit tIMELY and insensitive
“o-oh!! casual.,,. slow!!! of course aha no problem :D”
you can’t help but connect the dots aha
he’s decided to tell you THIS right when you were being called by jimin to do a piercing and you have no time to spare
the week before, you remember getting him a drink even if he hasn’t asked for it
or five days before when jungkook materialized out of nowhere and put his hand around your waist before nuzzling his nose to your hair
*immediately spots you and squeezes you when he comes up to you from behind*
“i want a conch piercing!!!! not now tho but i want yOU to do it to me :D” 
*immediately dying*
“of course ggukie i’d literally want nOTHING more aha :D”
*immediately regretting making it sound that you are a goddamn sIMP*
or like two days before, you were all eating lunch and you were so full and a little bit sleepy that you rest your head on his shoulder
or maybe just yESTERDAY, jungkook’s sat you down on his lap and hobi interrupted whatever that was happening
and perhaps after that encounter
uh
you may have kissed him on the nose before going to your station
:((((
it’s okay
it’s tOtally ok lol
it’s not like you’ve been distracted the whole day or perhaps the days after that because you’re kept up with the thoughts that maybe jungkook isn’t into you as mUCH as you’re into him even though his actions say otherwise
nope :D
taehyung’s worrying at this point
lmao he knows that you don’t know that he kNOWS what’s going on
sure,, you and jungkook are sly but tae’s observant to the point that he’s memorized all these little quirks about you
he’s been your friend for the longest time!!! of cOurse he knows when something’s bothering you
he’s deduced that maybe jungkook broke your heart or something along those lines,, although he doesn’t assume that it was an actual relationship just yet because if it were, then you would totally tell him about it
... right??
there’s this distance thing going on in between the two of you and he’s tested it out a couple times to test his theory
first, the two of you aren’t iGNORING each other but all your interactions are either short-lived or dare he says,,,, casual n basic
he’s commanded jungkook a couple of times things like “the extra roll of receipt paper is in y/n’s station go get it” or-
“get me a pair of gloves from y/n’s cart”
“tae you already hAVE gloves in your cart”
“ok wHO is the owner and who is the tenant here?? or maybe you and y/n just fought and you’re sO SCARED OF-“
“jesus christ oKAY!!! i’ll get the gloves!!!!”
you look so dejected
taehyung pokes your cheeks and you just LET him
he bought you mac n cheese and spelled out “cheer up :-)” using the shells and you merely smiled at it before proceeding to bOW your head to the table and look distraught
he’s offered his ear as tribute because you haven’t done a rook piercing in awhile and you miss it but you just shake your head nO at him and :(((
and the thing is
you’re so tIRED about being hung-up with jungkook
usually you just shut down and you get back to your feet a week later and you’re all happy!!!
but no jungkook just had to be a pesky little shit in your head and decided to LIVE THERE RENT-FREE
“hiii welcome to hope ink sLASH vante studios!! walk-in, appointment, or are you just here to see me?”
jimin looks up from his phone because he was cLEARLY not trying to help organize some of the audits that hobi told him to lol
hmmmm now this customer does look interesting
he looks cOOL if jimin’s being very honest
he also wants his hair color fo sure and maybe if he just snapped a picture of it right now, this customer tOtally wouldn’t notice at all!! :D
he’s a very tall lad and is in this denim jacket and his HAIR
his hair’s a combination of dirty silver and ash grey and it’s all slicked back!!!
“oh uhhh i’m here for a piercing!! i don’t have an appointment.”
jimin nods at that and turns to him a logbook with the needed contact information and the sheet
kim namjoon
hmmmm
a walk-in customer?? a handsome one at that?? the fate of whose piercing artist would dO his piercing lying on his hands???
hee-hee
now normally jimin with his stereotypical secretary traits, he either knOws or assumes everyone’s business
he doesn’t know what happened to you and jungkook but he for sure knows that you need a pick-me up!!!
you need an appointment
a dick appointment mayhaps lol
usually jimin’s always scolded to how he’s letting the customers pick when unnecessary, and this is the PERFECT timing to correct that tendency
the P in park jimin also stands for Petty
“smoking hot dude for a piercing session with y/n please!!! :D”
he of course had to yell that outloud into jin and jungkook’s stall,,, one in which everyone’s there and you and jungkook are sitting at the opposite ends of the room
hobi shakes his head at that and jin instinctively oOOOOOOHs his way to but jungkook nudges his ribcage pretty fucking hArd and it wasn’t discrete at all
taehyung purses his lips because hmmmm.,.,.. jimin actually doing his job correctly.,..,.. that’s sus
“hot as in as hot as you?? oR hot as in he has the same hair color as what taehyung had back in uni and-”
“ʸᵒᵘ ᵖʳᵒᵐᶦˢᵉᵈ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃˡᵏ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ᵐᵉ ᵃˡᵐᵒˢᵗ ᵇᵘʳⁿᶦⁿᵍ ᵐʸ ˢᶜᵃˡᵖ ʷᶦᵗʰ ᵇˡᵉᵃᶜʰ :⁽⁽”
tae pouts and grumbles at that because if he focuses hard enough, he could feel his scalp on fIRE
now you and jimin have always been jokingly flirty with each other
and neither of you take offense and shit bUT a certain jeon jungkook certainly does because he used to not care about both of your antics ok
he didn’t mind because well uH who in between the two of us actually gets to be that intimate with y/n???? me buddy mE
it’s not a competition tho and jimin finds kook to be weird because it looked like that everytime he has his hand around your shoulders or something
jungkook looks like he would bARK at him for doing so and ???? he’s weird
he’s brooding right now if it wasn’t obvious
because for the most part, this distance and casual thing was working for his side
but now that jimin’s escorting you back and you’re play flirting with him again,, he just can’t feel this certain twinge in his gut
he’s not jealous
he’s sure that this is everything but jealousy
he doesn’t get jealous ok
jealousy is just reserved for people who have feelings for someone and are in committed relationships :)
goddamn
jimin was right
you are nOT in cowboy boots nor are you in the matching chelsea boots jimin got you for your birthday but you are definitely shAking alright
“h-hi i’m y/n, your piercing artist for today :)) what’s, uh, what’s your name? :))”
the man in front of you raises his eyebrow but chuckles later on bc for second there he thought you were rEALLY straightforward and he’s used to be the one catching people off-guard
“namjoon. kim namjoon.”
he puts out his hand for you to shake and almost nO customer at all does that and so you’re internally squealing because omg :) wow :) namjoon you polite thing :)
you’re clearing your throat to break off because you swear namjoon looked like he was about to devour you whole with only his gAZE!!!!!
perhaps you were too enthralled into the stare that you don’t notice to how the guys are looking at the interaction while hiding behind this wall
someone’s getting TOO huffy to the point jin had to ask if this certain someone needed some allergy medicine
“what are you getting done today??”
“oh, about that! dealer’s choice, if you may. i trust you.”
did he just-
jungkook instantly scowls thay because excuse yOU denim jacket guy
tHAT’S HIS LINE
dealer’s choice!! that’s his line!!! that’s what he said to you and god does he need to trademark that line??? that’s what he pulled and that’s what anyone getting pierced by you that looks like they have a shot with you, sHOULDN’T pull
:((
you hum at that and you’re trying to keep your smile to yourself it’s all cool
“how do you sleep, by the way?”
jungkook’s eyes are widening twofold because WHAT is he hearing correctly???
he’s looking up at taehyung because he’s the other piercing artist here and he’s looking at jungkook weirdly because he looks so panicked
“that’s a legitimate question, jungkook.”
IT IS
because you’re figuring out if the plan in your head isn’t a good combination with how he sleeps and namjoon laughed at that
“by myself or with you?”
you choke on air at that and namjoon laughs once again as he mumbles that he was kidding before giving you an actual answer
you can’t look at him in the eye because you are still flustered that tHIS fine specimen is flirting with you
y o u
i mean there is no harm in this right.,.,.
jungkook said he didn’t want anything between the two of you anyway :D
“i’ll do your right ear for today. two upper helix and a tragus, how does that sound?” you wait for an answer before putting on your gloves and namjoon nods when you point them out, a sly smile on your face before marking
“you could come in anytime to have me do your left when you’re ready for it — i got you anyways; it’s on the house.”
this time it was hIS turn to be flustered but he keeps his cool, clenching his jaw when you mark him out
“do you need anything before we start? slime?? stress ball?? oOh this keychain i made???”
you proudly hold up this stuffed heart shaped keychain, one that you put in your belt loop because it went very well with your get-up to go to waste
jungkook has his eyes narrowed because he knows you’re innately irresistible but wHY the hell are you pulling out all the stops to emphasize that
taehyung meanwhile has a scowl on and if it was possible to sizzle then he’d be burnt barbecue by now
“no WE made that :///“
you’re cute,,,, namjoon really thinks so
“does your number belong to those options? it really shouldn’t.,.,. it should be a priority”
:)
aHEM
OKAY NO
jungkook has his eyebrows furrowed and at this rate he’d be getting wrinkles on his forehead
next best thing for him? taking his phone out his pocket and tHROWING it to the ground
it snapped everyone out of their trances
he pretended to be sheepish while getting it because aha :D omg how did my phone go there :D
his case is a heavy-duty one but that’s nOT in his worries rn
you proceed to pierce namjoon and it finished as soon as he came because lol piercings really don’t take that long at all
ended with him still paying tho as he insisted
even tipped you more eXPENSIVE than the rate of the piercings themselves and you even tried to give it back to him but namjoon,,, the man that he is,,, he is PERSISTENT
“best piercings i ever had,, besides :) i like the one who did it on me anyways :)”
“but namjoon you have nO piercings :)”
“exactly :)))”
now that tHAT’S done and you are now $$$ richer.,.,.
“jimin you fucker i kNOW what you did there”
the boy smiles brightly and giggles and you aren’t really mad at him because absolutely who in this world would have the heart to??
“i have no idea what you’re talking about”
that has got to be one of your most memorable interactions ever this week perhaps throughout your whole professional piercing career
and it tRULY made you smile and it’s one of the only things throughout this week that genuinely made you smile
yeth you may have scribbled your number very quickly on his palm before he left
you’re just about to pass out on the couch over to the break room because wHEW your heart is racing and you aren’t really exactly opposed to that
namjoon was such a dream and he was very polite too and he was fLIRTY but not the creepy kind
although the door to the break room suddenly swings open and you’re rattled
“jungkook.”
he obviously doesn’t look like he’s gonna greet you back because he looks stone-cold with his gaze set on you
you’re a little bit intimidated because what could he pOSSIBLY want after saying that he doesn’t want anything to do with you??
“you like him? hmmm??”
there it is
there’s this jealousy that’s raging off from him and currently he is fAR too in it to even acknowledge that he iS jealous
this makes you scoff for a moment before crossing your arms across your chest because really,,, is tHAT what it takes to give jungkook a wash of reality???
“m’better than him — whatever his name is.”
your throat is dry because jungkook’s taking these big strides towards you and god he’s just tOO intoxicating for you
even just hIS scent wants you to light yourself on fire because whew.,.,. if he was a drink then he’d be too hot and flammable
not that you’d drink him in or anything :D
“you don’t even kNOW him”
you’re just about to chew him off and before you could, your words get caught in your throat because jungkook dIPS down right at the exact moment
his lips hovering around your neck and testing little licks on it
you whimper because holy fUCK and jungkook takes that as invitation to bOldly kiss you right on your skin, trailing down towards your clavicle where the hem of your shirt meets
“don’t need to, baby.”
you’re sat on the middle of the couch with both his hands trapping you besides your head and he’s crouching down, just mERE mere centimeters from your lips
jungkook’s just staring you down and you audibly gasp because look at him!!! he’s so beautiful!!!!
wait you’re supposed to be mad at him :((
“mind if i have a taste?”
he whispers as soon as he breaks eye contact from you and you whine at that, feeling him suckling on your jaw as you clench
“why not?”
oh
okay
he knows what you’re playing at alright
just awhile ago you were a whimpering mess and noW that he was asking for permission to do something that’s more scandalous than him kissing your neck.,..
hmmmm
you’re being dismissive of him intentionally
just a last-minute plan that involved a shot at his ego and not to embarrass yourself further because after all aha :) not eVERYTHING is all forgiven
ok then :)
jungkook’s kneeled riGht in front of you and he has such a tight grip on your waist even if you know you won’t be going anywhere any time soon he’s licking to your folds with feather-like intensity
if you’re not gonna show any reaction, then atleast hE wouldn’t give everything to you
of course his underlying motive is to tease you and make you beg for it
but every now and then jungkook’s looking up at you and his nose is nudging you in the process but you sTILL won’t back down
did you just-
DID YOU JUST BRING OUT YOUR PHONE
you’re practically dying in the inside but you keep your reactions to yourself and your jaw clenched
in truth you’re just scrolling through your expenses through this month in your notes because it was the fIRST thing you could open in your phone ok
jungkook huffs so loudly because first of all wHERE did you get the audacity
fine then :D
he suddenly stops and that’s when you shoot him a sly look from behind your phone, feigning an irritated quirk of your brow
“you really won’t budge??”
before you could register his words tho you’re iMMEDIATELY moaning he’s eating you out toO good and it was just plain-out sinful with how he was able to make you come from that to this
“jungkoOK fuck-“
his thumb presses firm on your clit before quickly retracting it and that earns him another mewl and a tug on his hair
“that’s right… my name sounds better on your lips, yeah?”
your pure pleasure is consuming you wholly and before your eyes could shut again with how overwhelming the sensation is oH MY GOD is the door unlocked?????
there’s something to how your eyes widen towards that fact and to how jungkook quickly notices that hmmmm he dID leave the door unlocked something about it makes him even more passionate in devouring you and it makes you wanna tHROW yourself into oblivion because the fact that someone.,., someone could literally come in this room aNYtime given is enough to make you almost yell
“fuck fUCK jungkook i’m gonna-“
his lips are all red and puffy and even his cHIN is messy and it makes you moan because fuck it was impossible to how he still looks so dreamy!!!!
he makes no move to slow down as he squeezes at your exposed thighs, his dull fingernails scratching at you before he stares back up at you, nOt even lifting up his mouth from your core to speak
“not stopping you, baby.”
that alone throws you into bliss and you’re cumming sO hard that you feel like you’re gonna black out
jungkook’s lapping on your release as if he’s starved and still tastes you out through your orgasm
that… was an experience alright……
your eyes are fluttering because wow that drAined you
before you could even look for him, kook’s coming at you to clean you up :))
lol he found this face towel on the couch and he figures that it belongs to jimin but nOPE not anymore aha
he dampens it with the water available and he’s EXTRA careful with you because you r sensitive and fragile at the time being
he even wipes at your arms and your neck to cool you down!!!
jungkook’s biting down on his lap as he rests the towel meanwhile on your nape and there it is
that dreamY look on his eyes again that just makes your heart flutter :(( your nose nudges his and it makes him giggle the slightest before he leans down to kiss you
and it hits you that you haven’t even kissed jungkook in the lips eVER
although that doesn’t really happen.
just as you were about to pull him in, something must have snapped in jungkook because he suddenly retracts from you as if he’s got burned
he looks empty and lost, not even sparing you another look before he’s storming out of the break room
and you’re all alone 
again.
:(((
“you wanna tell me what happened with you know who?”
taehyung has HAD it okay
he’s trying to be as patient as he possibly could with you
he wishes that he could just read minds so tHAT way he won’t have to budge out the answer from you
because in his very humble opinion, this approach helps too!!!
you’re sad and distraught and he gets that!! he does!!
but maybe if you let him know what happened to you, then he could be sad WITH you
you were the one who taught him that :((
you were roommates in uni and he was so down in the dumps when he got this almost failing grade to the point that he’d take his frustrations out on you
and you very kindly put up with him but then he drew the line to when he blew raspberries to his palm when you made him dINNER!!!! and that’s when you yelled at him and told him to tell you on what the fUck is bothering him
so that way he won’t bottle it up and that way you could try to help and eliminate what it is because you’re also caught in the crossfire thank u very much
it’s his idea to take you out to this party and you’re not being your usual self in this one
and the way tae talked to you upfront made you look up from your drink that you still haven’t finished, a pout on your face
now ok taehyung wasn’t close to giving up on fishing the answers from you but you thOught he was because he was leaning back on his chair
you also really wanted to tell him what was happening too and so you did!! completely caught him off-guard when he stole your drink away from you and almost spit it out the moment you started telling him what was happening
“you didn’t have to open up with THAT y/n jeez you could’ve opened up your story with the start!!! not tHAT”
the somehow comic relief taehyung brings you puts a smile on your face because although you don’t voice it out often, you’re infinitely grateful to have tae
he is perhaps the most understanding and rational person in your life and he’s just so soft and supportive and quick-witted that
oh my god are you crying
you’re in the middle of telling the whole timeline when taehyung feels your head nudging at his shoulder and nOrmally he presses it down
but this time it felt different because well you were sobbing
and now you felt so heavy and there’s this unexplainable weight in your chest because god jungkook is just so fRUSTRATING!!!
he’s beyond angering and frustrating and he makes you want to launch yourself to the ground
“i-i don’t — tae it’s juSt god fuck aHhH!!!! h-he’s so-“
taehyung nods in agreement even though you couldn’t see him because your face is shoved into his chest and he’s rubbing soothing circles onto your back
“i know, baby :((“
he’s in disbelief too
jungkook is an ass and no matter how much taehyung wants to understand that he may have good n pure intentions, his execution is just so fucking horrible
there’s no in-between
either you wanna be committed or not!!!! that’s it!!!
this just wasn’t a netflix trial you could have for a month and when it hints to you that you’re gonna have to give a little bit more,, you immediately fLEE
or maybe it’s just taehyung trying to see the best and over-analyzing things that maybe,,,, maybe jungkook’s just… jungkook
there’s no changing him
he’s unhinged and does whatever he wants (would sometimes stop when reprimanded) and whatever repercussions that are brought out, his first instinct is to toss it aside instead of facing it head-on
you must’ve been lying on taehyung’s chest for atleast an hour because you realize that you aren’t crying anymore and the tears on your cheeks are dry :((
“d-do you want a punch?? i’m gonna go get a punch. four seasons?? we like that, right?? okAy i’m gonna get us some punch!!!”
that’s you for sure :))
you’re immediately bouncing up and clapping your hands pretending that you weren’t a sobbing mess just minutes ago
taehyung knows that you do whatever you need to cope so he just puts his thumbs up,,, even if he prefers pineapple more than four seasons but it’s okay,,.,. whatever you want :))
you needed that
tae was mumbling whatever he had in his mind while you were crying and you listened!!! you don’t know what part should you take from it but you dO know that somewhere along the lines, maybe he’s right
you just want some punch is that too much to ask :(( crying has left you dehydrated and water is the most preferred option but uh that shit is PLAIN
maybe this party isn’t so bad after allthe lights don’t give you a headache 
and you see the punch table rIGHT ahead of your path and oooh red cups aren’t the only cups available!!!! that’s so-
“Y/NNNNNNN!!!! look, look!!!! look at me!!!!!”
a voice shrieks from behind you and you immediately feel a pair of arms wrap around you
you’re kinda in panic because taehyung isn’t tHIS heavy and you look down on the arms wrapped around your middle and that’s-
jungkook?
the man in question comes to your view and it’s clear that he’s beyond intoxicated with his glassy eyes and the drunk blush on his cheeks
you took a two-day leave from work that taehyung gracefully granted you to avoid jungkook.,,. jungkook who’s standing right in front of you
“loooook!!! look at meEeeeeEe!!”
you’re rigid in your place because out of aLL the people you could possibly see in this party, why did it have to be him??? you’re okay with seeing yoo-
he’s pointing on his ear and he even waves his hand across your face and is that what he’s talking about??
it’s glimmering underneath the light and???
is that
is that a conch piercing???
you’re rendered breathless because it seems wrong to you…,. not criticizing it as a professional but rather, criticizing it as-
“i thought i was supposed to be the one to do that to you?”
jungkook’s blinking at that as if he’s digesting your questionmeanwhile 
your throat is tIGHTening and there’s this fresh wave of tears again because you’re literally quite reminded of him
wHEN HE’S IN FRONT OF YOU
and he’s still pointing at his ear before he’s using his other hand to something or someone behind you and you cAN’T bring yourself to care because-
“oHhh lisa did it on me!!”
taehyung arrives at the exact time you needed him to just hastily, frazzled because he’s trying to connect the fucking dOts on what’s happening
here is his five-second deduction
you’re tearing up and your bottom lip’s trembling which means you’re about to sOB
jungkook’s right in front of you and his right hand is pointing to his reddened ear
a) taehyung has never seen this conch piercing before
b) he would know because he’s one of the two piercing artists in the shop jungkook also works iN and he’d remember if he pierced him or not
c) it’s reddened and there’s some dried blood near the piercing which indicates that it was freshly-pierced
and jungkook’s other hand is pointing to this girl that’s sitting on this couch with a lamp beside her and she’s nOT wearing gloves and taehyung guess that she’s the one who pierced kook???
he’s not sure
although he’s sure that jungkook is fucking wASTED and you can’t bear whatever that’s happening
“can you go home by yourself?? or should i call hoseok to pick you up?? i’m uh, i’m gonna take jungkook home..,. are you sure you could take yourself home???”
you don’t need to be told twice because you’re bolting out of the house so qUICK
oh god you need to get out you nEED to
jungkook doesn’t remember sHIT
he’s drank himself stupid last night is what he’s certain about
there’s no explanation to how he even got home last night and the post-it notes on his console table doesn’t help in the slightest bit
“you’re stupid. - taehyung”
that dumps cold water on him because oh god what did he dO this time
he’s done enough stupid things in these rocky weeks alone!!! what did he do this time :(((
“taehyung told me how stupid you are. he’s right. you’re stupid. - jin”
jin too???
jungkook cusses himself underneath his breath because his head is kILLING him (rightfully so) and he’s about to run his hand through his hair when-
wait
wait a damn second
… he has a new piercing?
he’s immediately fumbling towards the floor-length mirror and he just then realizes that jin’s already went to work wITHOUT him and that puts the pressure on him even more
true enough, his conch is pierced and he’s racking his head on wHY does he have it until it all snaps in his head
lisa.,,..,.
it’s coming back to jungkook now
he remembers you taking two days off and those were the loneliest two days ever he’s ever had working in the shop
then by the end of day two he was such a mess that jin didn’t even know what to do with him
thus came to him via text that there was this hUGE party that’s about to be thrown and he honestly thought why not!!! :D
everything’s going wrong anyways lemme go to a party :))))
and then he bumped into lisa!!! his sorta fling back in uni that he may have dropped suddenly and here she is,,,,
she complimented him on his piercings and jungkook was confused because he already had them back in uni???? okay then thank you????
and he doesn’t know how he obtained this piercing but he’s sure that lisa was the one who did it on him
AND THEN HE SAW YOU
you were crying and he can’t remember wHY but then jungkook’s piercing stings again and it’s like his soul hates him too
because oh
right
lisa shouldn’t have been the one who did that on him
there’s a lot of things jungkook sHOULDN’T have done
god why is it only hitting him now
he’s took a shower as fast as he could and he may have been crying
while he was taking it but that’s not the point
the point that shocked most was you
in work
you actually came to work!!!
taehyung wasn’t able to reach you that night besides get a text from you that you arrived home safely and that’s about it
he thought you needed more time off considering what happened but you’re hERE now????
jin, who had a crash course on everything that’s happened between you and jungkook is also even MORE shocked and he keeps gasping every two seconds
hobi’s happy to see you back again and he welcomes you with a warm hug that you melt into :((
jimin on the other hand completely invades ur personal space in 0.01 seconds because he’s bounding towards you vERY happily
“i missed you!!! i missed you sO much!!! my two days were basically pOINTLESS without you!!!! i asked myself wHy am i still working here without you here-“
“jimin i hired you to work-“
“and i already know that this place is falling aPART without you here and if i leave??? then what???? so i decided against resigning and waiting for you to come back and then you cAME BACK!!!! :D”
he’s so giddy that you automatically become as giddy as he is, just letting him twirl you around while he still has you in a bear hug
jin has a sorry look on his face as he hugs you and you knOw that he knows :((
he’s mad disappointed in jungkook
you automatically know that there’s one person missing here and you’re slightly thankful for it
you just wanna work in peace and it seems that there’s kinda a big waiting list for you to get through and jimin’s calling them up at the moment to let them know that you,, the piercing artist they specifically requested for,, is back!!!
you’re not chirpy and that’s understandable
lol you’re in spain but the s is silent
this quiet you’re encasing yourself in leaves you along with your thoughts and your thoughts are the fUrthest thing away from quiet
it’s not just about the piercing, y’know?
it’s not that piece of jewelry on his ear and it’s not jUst about who pierced it on him
it’s about the sentiment and things that you can’t explain because you don’t wanna say the L word considering that jungkook doesn’t feel the same
and he probably never would
you think growth and suddenly it’s not!!!
you think jungkook wants something more as much as you do and then suddenly he leaves you!!!
you think you’re moving up steps but in reality you haven’t even left your initial one in the first place!!!
you’re so preoccupied with your thoughts that you managed to ignore jungkook who came in late and was beyond surprised and at the same time nERVOUS that you came in for work
although not to preoccupied to ignore that someone was plopping themself on the client’s chair in front of you
you can’t recognize them from their hair color but you dO recognize with how it’s oddly familiar with it’s shape
and then your eyes trail down and upon see only the eyes you’re immediately freaking out
“YOONGI!!!!!”
oh my god
it’s yOONGI!!!!!
your shriek practically leaves everyone in alert and even hobi who was in the tattoo room rush out mid-session to see what was going on
yoongs is more than happy with your reaction and he squeezes you even tighter than the embrace you’re giving him rn
….
….
jungkook doesn’t know if he is the only one here who is beyond lost but uhhhh not to be rude or anything
but who the fUCK is yoongi???
his heart sinks seeing you hug this unknown person and god he could do nothing but wish that it’s him on the receiving end
he’s immediately stalking towards jimin because after all, he iS the one who’s let this guy through
that’s right he did let yoongi go to you asap and it was a surprise for you too and he’s the only who knew that he was visiting :D
10/10 secret-keeping skills
jungkook has a cat-dog relationship with jimin but he’s putting that aside for now because he’s dESperately pawing at jimin’s arm to ask who tf is this yoongi
jimin’s shocked because he didn’t think jungkook would be literally begging him rn but okay,, he’ll give in since this kid looks like he’s gonna bawl
“ah!! yoongi-hyung!! haven’t seen him in awhile :D”
jimin answers and that doesn’t answer shit for jungkook but now that someone else said his name, it sounded familiar??
he can’t exactly put his finger on it but it just felt so distinct
“are they related or?”
he’s asking more because he’s prying for an answer and well jimin’s still watching your interaction unfold
ngl he’s enjoying not giving answers for awhile
but then again kook is shaking him slightly and he’s pleaded again to give the younger boy an answer
“lmao they’re exes, jungkook”
w hat
a prick of fear arises on him because him?? you?? relationship????
“… y-you mean yoongi’s y/n’s ex-boyfriend?”
he’s trying to take in this bit of information and he doesn’t know HOW
he doesn’t know how he should react nor can he explain this sinking feeling in his stomach
the fact that jimin is now speaking without being asked doesn’t help at aLL
“yup!! from what i know and what y/n told me, they were together for three years!!”
“tHREE YEARS???”
o-oh
jungkook’s eye is twitching and his breathing skips because wow
that’s nice
three years :)
that’s a small number, right?? you were in a committed relationship with someone for three years!!! and said someone is now your ex-boyfriend
and for sOME reason, you’re hugging him and the two of you are all good!!
there’s this fear in him again because he doesn’t want to entertain these thoughts, honestly
thoughts that maybe he’s a tad too late and that perhaps you’re back with your ex-boyfriend and you want nothing to do with him because compared to yoongi, jungkook is perhaps nothing!!! :D
“mhmm-hmm. broke up on good terms tho as u can see, they’re still cLOSE, yoongi went abroad and well,,, y’know”
you missed yoongi so much
well uh you don’t love each other like that anymore
it was bound to change anyway
him going abroad to pursue his dreams and you just wanting to stay
it was a mutual decision to break up but although the label wasn’t there anymore, the both of you still looked out for each other :)
lol he’s the reason anyways to why you’re in this job in the first place the both of you were drunk after a date (you watched a basketball game) and then came on the dare that hey.,.,. baby what if you get a piercing license or something
and originally you were supposed to be the only one who took it but then yoongi joined you :))
and some time later you took a break and then resumed and hence the piercing license :))
“c’mon. if i’m gonna get my helix pierced, then i should atleast get it done by my best girl, right?”
yoongi nudges you and it’s this playful aura with him again that makes you laugh
he never really was the one to make you cry or break your heart now that you think about it
kinda sad to think that no one was really at fault for the breakup :(( you and yoongi…. it just wasn’t gonna work
it makes you wary because there always seems to be a trend in your lovelife
the common denominator is that things don’t work out lmao
:((((( lmao :(((((
you’re done with his piercing in a blink and you still can’t stop thinking to how maybe you just aren’t cut out to be loved :((
that sounds so sad
it’s always the word almost for you and it’s exhausting!!!!
after your breakup with yoongi, you didn’t have a relationship after because uH you just didn’t want to
you just didn’t want another off-chance to spend perhaps the best years of your life and then have them move abroad to pursue what they want 
you were afraid to be hURT after yoongi
and somehow yoongi is now a timestamp in your life because there’s eras
there’s B.Y. (before yoongi) and A.Y. (after yoongi) lol
then jungkook came along and it’s this sudden shift in you that you were decided!!!
you are gonna love again and you tOTALLY are into jungkook :D
sike he’s just not into you
…or not?
jungkook’s rushing towards to where you and yoongi are sat and no one was able to register the situation even if everyone was on their toes watching
“do you have a basketball game tomorrow????”
he’s staring at yoongi like a madman and yoongi is so confused because what
“i said dO YOU HAVE A BASKETBALL GAME TOMORROW???”
okay yoongi is dumbfounded
but then he repeats this madman’s words again for two more times and then it hits him
“how did you know?”
yoongi is laughing because how could this dude pOSSIBLY know about this
he’s taking out of his phone from his pocket so quick and then he’s taking out the case
AND THERE IT IS
that sticker
that sticker jungkook made aGES ago
HI MY NAME IS YOONGI AND I HAVE A BASKETBALL GAME TOMORROWWW
fuck
he’s met you before!!!
he didn’t meet meet you but his point is that your paths have crossed before!!!!
the gears in your head are turning because how did jungkook know???? he doesn’t know yoongi and no one would know not unless-
“y-you? you’re the one who made that for me??”
ok this is clearly now a private moment and jimin is dragging yoongi back to where the rest of the guys are eavesdropping but mAybe it’s for the best that they leave altogether
jungkook nods and it feels like his head’a gonna fall off
you’ve got this done and customized for yoongi’s birthday back then and you never thought that a sane graphic designer would do it for you.,..,.
you could always do it but you were in a slump back then and for once, you wanted someone else to bring what you want to life
you thought it was a stupid idea to base yoongi off this vine for one of his presents
and you said to yourself that if the fIRST graphic designer i could get in contact with refuses to make it, then u r gonna scrap that idea
but then this graphic designer eagerly accepted your commission even offered a discount but you still paid him full-price with a tip
who kNEW that it was jungkook???
“i know i’m the most confusing and aNGERING human being ever and a sHITTY one too-“
it’s somehow coming back full circle and he’s only realizing now to how mUCH deeper this goes
“but you have no idea how much i want to hold your hand.”
jungkook has commitment issues he’s refused to address for quite some time now and it’s only now
god it’s only now that he has someone that genuinely makes him want to question this mentality of his
“i kept looking for reasons to nOt love you and it’s impossible because they make me love you more”
he’s tried hating to how you go and make tedious crafts like making stuffed keychains (the latest one is named mang and he’s a hORSE) or trying to channel that restless energy into anywhere you could get your hands on
tried to despise the way you yearn for affection and how you’d go so cranky as to give people quips when you don’t get your fix
tried to loathe the way you’re so understanding and nurturing and gOd he sounds like a real asshole
“it’s not being tied down if it’s with you”
jungkook is sure
he has nEVER been more sure
because god he feels like he doesn’t have to pretend to be anything he’s not when he’s with you
he dOESN’T mind adjusting and he doesn’t mind complying to what you could possible require of him
“and if it in a literal sense is, then i don’t mind at all”
jungkook has never wanted someone sO BAD ever in his life
and he couldn’t agree more that he is a total dummy and how he wants to repent a million times over even if it means to get shut down by you a million times more
“because it’s you.”
:D
he means that
he really does mean that
he’s a sensitive thing and it’s hitting him now to how much shit he’s made you go through and he wants to make up for it!!! pLS
“let me take you out on a date, please?”
oh god is he tearing up
is jeon jungkook tearing up in front of yOU
his arms are glued to his sides but the moment he meets your eyes he absolutely losEs it and goes leaping to hug you
maybe he shouldn’t have done that
maybe he should
but jungkook knows that he’s never felt more calm and complete and loved whenever he’s with you :(((
he’s hanging in there
maybe at the slightest nudge of your nose to his neck in his embrace
somewhere along the lines
somewhere along the lines to how the guys are over there peeking out of the break room and in an array of emotions.,..
jungkook’s fiNAlly hugging you
your hands behind your back
his hands holding yours
:))
556 notes · View notes
everyhowlmarksthedead · 4 years ago
Text
❛ A FIRST DATE ❜
with Johnny ‘Coco’ Cruz.
Request: Can I request a fluffy Coco imagine?? From his POV about their 1st date and his thoughts abt her and stuff? I really want some coco fluff lol. ❤❤🔥
BY ANON
Tumblr media
Word count: about 1.7k
Aurora says: this writing hasn't been edited, you may find some grammar mistakes, I'm sorry about that!
Gif credits: to the author.
Masterlist. You can subscribe to my broadcast list, to be notified whenever I post a writing!
Tumblr media
“Brother, just be yourself”.
Angel thinks that Coco is giving it more importance than it really has, after trying different outfits, without finding the perfect one. He doesn't have many clothes, because he doesn't really need it. But now, he's really pissed off.
“If I act like usually, she'll kick ma' ass in fucking seconds”. He grumbles sitting over his bed, rubbing his face with both hands.
You two met at the hospital some week ago, when he suffered some kind of accident that left him blind in one eye, for some time. He felt his heart pumping because of love for the first time, when he saw you after cleaning his healthy eye. And before that, he was already truly fascinated by the way you had to calm him down using your voice. A sweet and honeyed tone that he could be listening to his whole life. He couldn't help but think how good falling asleep every night hearing you talking would be. It took him almost two weeks to ask you out, but he couldn't feel more happy when you said yes without letting him finish the question. Coco felt strange when he left the hospital after it, experimenting a bunch of sensations stuck in his chest that made him feel better than ever.
Now, his insecurities are coming into the light. Everything he touches ends up destroyed, broken. You are too pure for his shit. You don't deserve to take that risk. Taking off his phone from his pocket, he searches for your number. Gilly and Angel are looking at him intrigued, until they find out what he's going to do. The big one takes the phone off from his hands, while the oldest Reyes holds him to guide him towards the door.
“You're not gonna flake on her, pendejo”. He grunts, pushing him outside his house.
His brothers follow him to the meeting place, watching you sit on a bench waiting for him, after twenty minutes standing up and walking around the big fountain. You look beautiful, dressed with a pair of shorts, a baggy white shirt with the sleeves rolled up on your shoulders and black sneakers. He turns around, trying to run away from your life again, facing his friends.
“I can't”. He just says, with his hands almost sweating. “She's too much for me”.
“She's perfect for you, man!” Gilly rolls his eyes.
“C'mon, Coco, don' be a chicken and get the girl”.
Licking his bottom lip, he just nods in silence, trying to find the perfect words to encourage himself. Turning over his Vans, he starts his way towards you, doubting for some seconds. And he's about to leave when you raise your eyes from your phone. The smile you draw with the corner of your lips gives him a heart attack, knowing that he could die full of happiness right now.
“Hey, I thought you weren't coming”.
Maybe it wasn't the greeting he was expecting and he feels so sorry for having made you wait. Stroking the back of his head, he forces a grin.
“Yeah… I was… 'bout to not comen'”.
Your gesture turning from enthusiasm to disheartening, causes him some bitter shivers inside his chest. He has already fuck up the good vibes between you two, that borned in the hospital. Seeing you nod in silence, shrugging your shoulders, makes him feel out of air; trying to think something to fix it up.
“I really… appreciate that, at least, you came to tell me that this isn't going to happen… It would be… humiliating”. You whisper putting your gaze away from him.
Coco can see the way your lips are trembling, as if you were about to cry, and it's painful. For him, it's painful.
“No, mami, lis—”.
“It's okay, Johnny, you don't have to excuse yourself”. Waving a hand on air, you try to make it easy for him. “I get it”.
He's missing the boat, watching you turning around and focusing your attention on the screen of your phone again. Maybe typing to some friend to pick you up, maybe about to call anyone else. But finally, the orders from his brain move his body to stop you.
“No, wait!” He says somewhat loud, grabbing your left wrist. “I wanna date you. I wanna have a lot of dates with you. This ain't you, mami, but me”.
Looking at his hand confused, you travel his arm until finding his dark and desperate eyes, talking to you in silence. Begging you to listen.
“My life is a shit. A mess... A chaos. I… had this accident with my eye because… of a dogfight with another gang. I didn' wanna lie to you, you know? I think you're smart, and pretty and… you don' deserve a guy like me who is… always in fuckin' trouble and that… used to ride a bike that probably would never ride again, just… with a shitty work on a scrapyard”. Coco is getting more and more nervous because you're not saying a single word back. He gulps with some difficulty, taking a step closer to you. “I ain't a good man, I don' do good things, but… I really wanna date you, mami. I've never been so true in ma' life”.
And he's about to give up with a crappy sensation running his body, when you tangle your finger with the ones that were gripping your arm.
“Maybe you can teach me to drive a bike, so I can ride for you”. You just say, hoping that it's enough for him.
“That sounds good, ma'”. He replies with no hesitation, feeling like for the first time he's having a good opportunity in his life.
Watching you smile again it's like seeing a rainbow after a destructive storm, putting his arm over your shoulders to start a low walk.
“Do you like pizza?” You ask then, raising your head toward his.
“Yeah, 'course”. He answers with an incredulous gesture on his face.
“Okay, do you know a food truck close to the hospital, with red and blues stripes?”
“No”.
“Seriously?” You almost scream, breaking into laughs. “You like pizza and you have never tried it before?”
Coco shakes his head, falling in love a little more after hearing your laughter. That simple gesture has made him feel more happy than ever before.
“You're gonna really, really love it”. You say with emotion, moving a hand on air to highlight your words.
“I'm sure”. He chuckles nodding. “You look pretty convinced”.
And you weren't wrong. Maybe not everybody would think that sitting on an edge of a sidewalk, eating pizza, it's the perfect date. But for him, it's the perfect one. He can ask for anything else that hearing you talk for hours about your hobbies, about what you would like to be in five years, about the things the two of you have in common. And he has never talked this much, either. But it's too easy for him to follow the conversation and flow it into another one, until the night falls over the town.
Coco insists on walking with you back to your home, just to be sure that you come safe. And even if he has had so much fun, he's doubting if you would like to repeat it. Maybe at the end you were just trying to be kind with him, because he seemed so desperate for being with you for a couple hours, to not make him feel bad. And maybe that was the reason why you didn't want him to take you home. But the real reason is that your housemates are waiting on the porch for you to tell them how it was. As soon as they see you coming closer, they run into the house ashamed and laughing, making your cheeks burn when Coco notices what is going on.
“Sorry, they're like children…” You say hastily, stopping your steps and placing yourself in front of him.
“It's okay, ma'. My… friends are waiting too”.
Between the two of you gets installed an uncomfortable silence for some seconds, until he sees you holding your bag, looking for something inside it. He breaks into loud laughs when his healthy eyes focus on the heart shaped lollipop, that you're offering him.
“I heard you the day you visited the hospital, so… there's your reward for being a good boy”.
Coco takes it, shaking his head and showing you a funny smile, before catching you between his arms. Embracing you tightly, he places a kiss on your cheek. A lovely one. Pulling himself away, he opens the candy to tuck it into his mouth.
“The best one”. He says tasting the strawberry flavor of it.
“Okay, ah… I have three kids to take care of”. You joke about your friends, pointing at your house for a second. “I had so much fun today…”
“Yeah, me too… We can repe—”.
“I'm free tomorrow”.
Hearing you interrupt him, after realizing that he wants to have another date with you. Taking off the lollipop from his mouth, he leans forward to press your lips with his, shortening the distance between both. Feeling your fingers getting tangled in his shirt give him some pleasant chills, ending up pecking your lips gently.
“What about breakfast? I know a place with the best pancakes”. He proposes then, giving you an eskimo kiss.
“I like it”. You nod, kissing his lips a last time.
“Pick you up at ten?”
“Pick me up at ten”.
“Have a good night, mami”.
“You too, pirate”. Puckering your lips, he laughs again. “Enjoy it, you're gonna see again in a couple months”.
He frowns a little confused, drawing slowly a huge smile on his lips.
“Spoiler of your next doctor appointment”.
“Is tha' why you told me tha' I could teach you?”
Walking backwards to your house, he sees you happily nodding.
“'Am gonna marry you one day, you know'et?”
These words may have been somewhat precipitate, or at least that's what he's thinking until seeing you nod again.
“I hope it”.
“Shit”, he thinks to himself, licking again the lollipop; not leaving your hood until you're inside your house.
201 notes · View notes
hatterstan-shameblog · 3 years ago
Note
For the headcanon thing
I think Hatter likes to watch bad movies. Like the really bad ones. The ones that make you roll your eyes/laugh/cry at every single thing about it, doesn't matter if it's plot or acting. But you know what he loves more than watching those awful movies alone?
Watching them with someone else.
"hey, Mori, wanna watch a movie?"
"...no."
"c'mon, you'll like this one."
"no, I won't."
"...no, you won't. But I will enjoy your presence. C'mon bro, do it for the sake of bonding time."
"*sigh* fine..."
(inspired by real life events)
💕 Sleepover 💕
Rating: PG13 for language and alcohol consumption
Relationship: Takeru (Hatter)/Aguni
Tags: banter, friendly insults, Just Guys Being Dudes, drinking, swearing, love confessions (sort of), They Talk A Big Game But The Love Is There
Bangbangbangbangbang!
“Mori!”
Bangbangbangbangbang!
“Moooooori, let me iiiiiiiiiin!”
Clunk!
Click!
Creeeeeeaaaaaak!
Aguni opens his apartment door, wincing at the slap of summer heat that greets him as he does.
“C’mon man,” an overheated and impatient Takeru implores, “it’s miserable out here!”
“You bring me samosas,” Aguni asks, crossing his arms across his chest, “Because I’m not letting you in without my samosas.”
Takeru’s face twists into a look of shocked indignation.
“Would you really leave me—your best friend on this beautiful green Earth—to swelter and die on your doorstep in this blazing summer heat…all because I forgot the samosas?”
Aguni considers.
“No. I’d ask you to swelter and die in the parking lot. Neighbors’ll kick up a fuss if you block the stairwell.”
“Well it’s a good thing I got two orders this time,” Takeru shakes the bag enticingly, “so we don’t even have to share.”
“Someone’s splashing out,” Aguni murmurs, taking the bag from Takeru’s outstretched hand and standing aside so the man can enter his home, “Don’t suppose there’s a reason for all this…”
“Maybe I just wanted to be nice,” Takeru says flippantly, toeing off his shoes, “a little ‘thank you’ for welcoming me into your home.”
Aguni carries the bag of food over to his coffee table and sets it down, being careful not to disturb the place settings he had so thoughtfully arranged. Two plates, two spoons, two glasses of water—all neatly placed in the center of his new, sage-green placemats.
Hopefully nobody spills curry on them.
“You brought one of your weird movies again, didn’t you?”
Takeru rolls his eyes. Shoving his arm into his messenger bag, he rummages around its contents for a moment before yanking a dark, thin rectangle and holding it up for Aguni to examine.
“The 1977 horror classic, House,” he explains with an edge of exasperation, “is a critically-acclaimed work of art that has been inspiring both film fanatics and the average man for nearly half a century.”
“Straight from the back of the box,” Aguni mumbles, opening the stapled-shut paper bag and peeking at the containers inside, “Anyways, I thought you didn’t like scary movies.”
Takeru scoffs.
“Not sure what gave you that idea,” Takeru says, shoving his feet into his slippers—yes, his slippers, black velvet with red-and-gold dragons embroidered on the front because ‘I’m here enough to warrant my own damn slippers’ and ‘these are fucking awesome,’ “We saw Hereditary in the theater!”
“And you were scared the whole time,” Aguni points out, gingerly lifting their food out of the bag and arranging the containers on their respective plates, “You had to sleep with the lights on for a week. Screwed up your cat’s sleep schedule and everything.”
Takeru swans his way over to Aguni’s refrigerator and opens it, more or less sticking his whole head inside to examine its (admittedly meager) offerings.
“It’s not my fault that Ziggy is such a smart, beautiful boy who knows what ‘lights out’ means. And besides,” Takeru says while examining the bottle of white wine Aguni had put in to chill, “I’ll be staying here tonight, so it won’t be an issue.”
“So the cat gets to sleep, but I don’t?”
“You, my dear, get a evening of my company, complete with scintillating conversation, cultural enrichment, and—as we have already established—your very own order of samosas,” Takeru calls out from the kitchen, rummaging for a suitable pair of wine glasses, “And besides, I plan on sleeping deeply and comfortably knowing that any and all monsters would no doubt eat you first, giving me ample opportunity to flee the scene…”
Aguni lifts the lid off his curry, admiring the rich yellow hue and inhaling its bold spices. There are even a few extra chilis lying on top, which is a lovely surprise.
Takeru arrives at the table, glasses in one hand and wine in the other. He gives the spread a discerning once-over and then a nod of apparent approval.
“Anyways,” Takeru says, twisting off the top of the wine bottle (not without giving Aguni a look of distaste as he does it), “I’m a bit disappointed in you, Mori-chan. I thought you’d fight me more on this one…”
“It’s a losing battle,” Aguni concedes, sitting himself down in his usual spot and turning on the television, “I have too many brain cells and not enough patience to go through the usual theatrics.”
Takeru hands him a generously-full wine glass—not as full as his own, of course, but still more than what the average person might pour.
“This’ll help the brain cell problem,” he says with an over-enthusiastic smile, “probably the patience, too. Wine makes you sentimental.”
“Hmph.”
“See? It’s already working.”
“Yeah, well,” Aguni grumbles, taking a small sip of his beverage, “better get the movie started before I change my mind.”
Takeru begins his usual indignant grumbling as he fumbles with the DVD player. Aguni could help him, but, frankly, it’s entertaining to watch his friend struggle with the simple electronic setup.
When Takeru manages to get the tray open, he gives a small cheer of victory. Aguni stifles a smirk.
Hopefully the movie is this much fun.
🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸🌸
“Mori. Hey, Mori-chan.”
Aguni rolls his eyes, and then himself onto his side to face Takeru.
“What,” he grumbles, squinting in the dark as he tries to make out the other mans’ shape, “piano thing still got you upset?”
“It ate her fingers, Mori,” Takeru whisper-shouts, “and then it got the rest of her too! That’s enough to upset anyone!”
“It wasn’t even that scary,” Aguni mentions, shimmying his shoulders in order to find a more comfortable spot on his futon, “besides, you don’t even play piano, so you don’t have to worry.”
Takeru is silent for a moment—a blessed, beautiful moment.
“I guess you’re right,” he says after his brief contemplation, “but that’s not the only thing on my mind.”
“I’m guessing ‘sleep’ isn’t one of ‘em?”
Takeru scoffs. There’s a shuffling and fluttering sound from his neighboring futon as he turns to face his disgruntled companion.
“In due time,” Takeru says, “what plagues me now is more of a philosophical question.”
Aguni sighs.
“Remember the part where that guy got turned into a pile of bananas?”
“Yeah,” Aguni responds, “that was weird.”
“What if that happened to me,” Takeru asks, sounding genuinely concerned, “would I turn into a pile of bananas, or would I be a different kind of fruit?”
Oh, you’re different alright, Aguni thinks to himself, but he knows better than to say that out loud. Takeru’s using his ‘this is going to keep me up all night unless you give me a good answer’ voice, so Aguni starts thinking about how best to answer.
“I think you’d be melons,” Takeru concludes, “yeah…definitely melons.”
“Because of my round head and lack of hair?”
“No,” Takeru snaps, “well, that wasn’t my original thinking.”
Aguni subtly checks his phone—half-past one o’clock in the morning, too late to send Takeru home on a train to ask his cat these burning questions instead of him.
“Why,” Aguni asks, “do you think I’d be melons?”
“Well, like you, melons are strong and tough on the outside. Make a nice thud sound when you smack ‘em.”
“So do I,” Aguni mentions, “if you get the right spot. But I also hit back, so that’s not very melon-y, is it?”
“Hm. I suppose not. But,” Takeru says, “where you really start to resemble the melon is on the inside.”
“Inside, huh?”
“Yeah,” Takeru considers for a moment, “underneath all that tough rind, melons are soft. Sweet, too. Nothing fancy, they’re not trying to prove anything, they’re just…good. Like you.”
Aguni hadn’t been expecting something so…sentimental. It’s a touching departure from their usual quips and playful jabs, and it makes something warm and kind of familiar bubble up in Aguni’s heart.
“And also,” Takeru tacks on, “they’re green. And green is your favorite color! So it’s perfect.”
“I think you’d be a strawberry,” Aguni says after a beat.
“A strawberry? You mean only one?”
“Only one,” Aguni confirms, “but one of those fancy designer ones, the kind they grow in those hydroponic farms and sell in department stores for thousands of yen.”
“I heard about a guy who got murdered at one of those places,” Takeru says, “some yakuza guy who was selling weed on the side, someone put a hit out on him and used the body for fertilizer.”
“That’s…disturbing,” Aguni replies, “but that’s beside the point. Don’t you want to know why I think you’d be a single strawberry?”
“Is it because they’re red?”
“Sort of,” Aguni says, “Got a lot of seeds, too. Get stuck in your teeth pretty easily, if you’re not careful.”
“I am rather tenacious.”
“You are.”
Aguni considers his next words carefully. His relationship with Takeru is…complicated, and uncertain, and if anyone ever asked him what they ‘are’ he wouldn’t know how to answer.
“Strawberries are sweet. They’re sour, too. You’d know the flavor anywhere. And you…”
He pauses. Takeru, for once, doesn’t try to fill the silence with his own voice.
“…Well, those designer strawberries are all one-of-a-kind, just like you. So that’s why there’s one one,” he says slowly, “and I like strawberries. Might even, uh…love ‘em.”
“Oh, Mori…”
Something flops onto Aguni’s blanket—once, twice, and ah, it’s Takeru’s hand, and he’s looking for something. Aguni slips his arm from under the covers and covers Takeru’s hand with his own. This is apparently what Takeru had been searching for, because he pulls Aguni’s hand closer to himself.
“You know,” Takeru says, “now that you mention it, I think I might love melon, too.”
Aguni feels lips against the back of his hand—a soft kiss, gentle, a reassurance as much as an act of affection—and he’s glad for the dark of night that hides the blush of his cheeks.
“I feel better now,” Takeru announces, giving Aguni’s hand a light squeeze, “In fact, I think I’m falling asleep as we speak…”
“Hmm,” Aguni hums in agreement.
He’s still holding Takeru’s hand, and Takeru, his—neither seem too keen on letting go, at least, not for now.
18 notes · View notes
peaches-writes · 4 years ago
Text
how to appease your asian aunties ch. 3 - spring break
* icym: this was prev. a guide to social gatherings but i changed the title bc i still think i’m funny that way
description: in the immortal words of blood-related aunts and aunts you’re not even related to but forced to call your aunt at reunion parties, “do you have a boyfriend?”  member: jisung / han  genre: fluff, fake dating au, implied rich kids au, eventual childhood / best friends to lovers au, college au, implied fem reader (but i still used they/them pronouns)  word count: 5.4k chapter warning: food, a conversation calling out toxic asian family culture oops note: i’m not confident with this one bc i had to re-write this two times (?) with diff. plot directions + srsly idk what happened here what was the point am i ok + i didn’t post this accidentally this time !!!! 
Tumblr media
ch. 1 // ch. 2 //  series masterlist
After seeing you and Jisung interact during your trip to the mall, your mom has started loving this new idea of you dating one of her close friends’ sons so much that she has not-so-discreetly started conspiring with Mrs. Han in order to see the two of you together as much as possible. From invitations for snacks and drinks at one’s house every day after school to whole-day activities on the weekends (usually to the mall or the cinema), it didn’t take long before you and your own best friend put two and two together and conclude that your respective moms have somewhat developed an auntie type of obsession over your fake relationship. 
This idea that your moms would love you and Jisung together so much to this extent initially flew past your head when you started this fake relationship last Christmas. You were only thinking of casually fake dating your best friend, after all; such arrangement ideally confined only in social gatherings where invasive relatives and family friends ask about your love life endlessly. You genuinely did not expect that that Jisung would start tagging along to you and your parents’ Sunday movie dates and side with your dad every time you disagree on your selected movie’s ending; or that you would not be parting ways with Jisung after school anymore when you reach your house and he has to drive another block to get to his.
But for the most part, you’ve decided as the weeks fly by with this new added twist in your everyday, it’s fun and, even at times, cute. Though Mrs. Han dotes on you more now, like you’re her own child, and your mom is starting to be more talkative around Jisung since they now have you to talk about, you still get to eat snacks either your mom or Mrs. Han made, hog the extraordinarily fast wifi at Jisung’s house, and get free movie tickets and shopping bags from when you’re going out with the other’s family on the weekends. Plus, it’s made your workaholic mom come home earlier just to see you and Jisung lounging in your living room and Mrs. Han’s worries lessen now that Jisung’s busy with something else that isn’t academics or whatever it is he does with his Bumble and Tinder apps. 
At times, it’s tiring having to hang out with your best friend under the guise of a couple, especially when you didn’t really plan for it to be this way, but you can’t deny that there are perks to it. 
So, you wait more patiently for Jisung every day after your classes now even when he usually takes a lot of detours to see his friends before driving over to you on the other side of campus. You still hang out with your friends, Ryujin and Chaeryeong, after classes, of course, but you part ways with them just a little bit earlier now to anticipate Jisung’s Convertible pulling up in front of your building and unnecessarily yelling at you to get in even when he’s the one awfully late. 
Because if you were to choose between your other best friends and a free expensive snacks, you’d always choose the latter without fail. 
“You know,” Chaeryeong comments next to you on this particular Friday, stretching her legs down to the steps below you three while you scroll through your phone and Ryujin naps on your shoulder with her earphones still plugged in. “if I didn’t know that you’re ditching us earlier for free fake dating food, I would’ve thought that you and squirrel boy were seriously dating.” 
“You always think we’re dating either way.” You roll your eyes, not even sparing a glance at the smug grin on her features. “Anyway, aren’t you happy we’re ‘dating’ now? It’s what you’ve always hoped for but, you know, fake.” 
Only then do you turn to Chaeryeong over your shoulder, also scrolling through her social media on her phone. She meets your gaze after with a scrunched up nose and furrowed eyebrows. “Hm,” She pretends to contemplate, placing her index finger up to her chin. “I don’t know. I think I’ll have to wait until someone caves and you actually develop feelings for each other—like in books!” 
“Seriously?” You deadpan with pursed lips, only making her laugh. “Of all things you could bring up.”
Chaeryeong shrugs in response with a knowing smile, chuckling when your expression doesn’t change. “You never know!” She replies in her defense, laughing all the way. “You did say after break that you’re just going to fake date if there’s an event but it’s Spring Break tomorrow already and you’ve been fake dating every day since classes started again.” 
“Sounds like a romantic trope to me.” She comments last teasingly before you can even interject, swiftly dodging your hand when you reach up to try and smack her. Literature majors, really. 
“For one, I don’t want to date Jisung, I’ve seen enough of him my whole life for that and I don’t think I’m in the mood to date in general. And besides, we’re only a ‘couple’ at home when someone’s mom is watching.” You counter as you retract your free hand back to your side, alternating your gaze between her and your other hand with your phone. Jisung’s last message is that of him informing you that he’s making a quick stop at the International Relations department today to hand Hyunjin his books ten minutes ago. Knowing him, if he didn’t get lost or got distracted by a kiosk selling coffee, he’s probably on his way now. “And you know I love free stuff, it just happens to come only if I hang out with Jisung these days.” 
“So what happens when you ‘break up’? And I don’t mean the cute perks from the aunties.” Chaeryeong asks next, leaning back on her propped elbows now that the stairs going up to your college building have started to cool down from being exposed to the sun the entire day. “I mean, it’s back to normal for us as your friends—I do miss not having to remind my parents that you’re a couple now—but your moms are going to think it’s weird that you suddenly broke up and went back to being friends like nothing happened.” 
“I already told you and everyone else, we’ll think about that when it happens.” You shrug both at her and the nagging thought in your mind that she has a point.   
“And when exactly will that happen?” She prods on, smiling smugly at knowing that you and Jisung never talked about this certain part of your current predicament clearly. “‘Dating until everyone doesn’t think of Jisung as a fuckboy or when aunties stop offering blind dates’ sounds vague to me.”
You see Chaeryeong’s smile grow bigger when you don’t answer immediately, accidentally letting time pass until Jisung’s gray Convertible pulls up steps below you with an obnoxious honk. 
“Y/N, my mom bought gelato today!” Jisung yells at you from his roofless car, his radio blasting Bermuda Triangle at an embarrassingly loud volume. “Let’s go!” 
You then quickly shake Ryujin awake in response, gently moving her to Chaeryeong’s legs when her eyes open, before standing up and waving goodbye at your two friends. “Like I said, I’ll let you know when it happens.” You hurriedly conclude your conversation with Chaeryeong with a triumphant smile, making her roll her eyes. “See you after the break!” 
Chaeryeong only shakes her head in disbelief, easily letting you go from her interrogation with a wave goodbye. “You be careful now, hm? Have fun with your ice cream, then!” 
You chuckle as you run down the stairs, waving your hand up for her as you move away without sparing a last glance. “Don’t worry, I’ll take pictures!” At this, you open the front passenger seat to Jisung’s car and smoothly slide in, haphazardly discarding your backpack next to his at the back before closing the door next to you. “Hey, ugly. Glad you didn’t get lost on campus.”
“Speak for yourself, ugly.” Jisung teases back, shifting the car’s gear back to ‘Drive.’ “How was your day? You three look so bored out of your mind there.”
"Better now that we’re going to eat ice cream at home.” You put your seatbelt on as Jisung now drives the car home, reaching over to the radio in between the two of you after and lowering the volume. “Classes were tiring as usual. What flavors did auntie get, by the way?”
Jisung almost makes the wrong turn with your choice of words, quickly gathering his thoughts and shaking his head. “Fu—u-um, Ferrero, strawberry, and mint choco, that’s what she texted me.” He shrugs, making the correct turn to the nearest campus gate this time. 
From the corner of his eyes, you nod with a hum as you sink back in your seat, completely missing the way you unconsciously caught him off-guard even with the screech of the car tires. “Oh, cool—no pun intended there.” You chuckle to yourself, leaning to the opposite side now to watch the college buildings pass by. “We’re watching The Conjuring 2, right?”
“Yeah.” Jisung scoffs, brushing off what remains of his sudden nervous feeling with the comment. “Tch, cool.” 
Tumblr media
Like every Wednesday and Friday that Mrs. Han prepares you after school snacks and drinks, you and Jisung go through tubs of ice cream and tumblers of water while a horror film is projected on the television of the Han’s ground floor living room. Mrs. Han, who has her office day off on Fridays, would occasionally drop by and either ask if the two of you need anything or comment on her distaste for horror under her breath. 
“Oh, oh, dear.” She clutches her pearls dramatically, much like her son would, as she passes by for the sixth time to go to the kitchen and catches another glimpse of The Conjuring in the process. She then turns to you and Jisung after to calm her nerves, catching you still sprawled across the sofa with your legs lazily piled on top of Jisung’s.
Of course she’s seen you in the same position before in the few times you came over as one of Jisung’s friends but the sight now seems different under the guise that you and her son are a couple. Typical mom. 
“Hi, auntie!” You greet her when you catch her from the corner of your eye also for the sixth time, waving your empty spoon in greeting with one hand while the other blindly reaches for Jisung’s laptop on the coffee table to pause the movie. Jisung hides his face under a throw pillow at this, already having enough of his mom snooping around for today and you giving her the time of day. Since when did you get comfy with his mom, anyway? “Do you need anything?”
Mrs. Han immediately shakes her head with a dismissive wave and smile. “Ah, nothing, I was just checking up on you two!” She clarifies again. “Do you need anything? Extra pillows? More water?” 
You shake your head politely, holding up the water tumblers on your other side reassuringly. “We’re good but thank you!” 
At this, Mrs. Han clasps her hands together in satisfaction. “Alright, if you need anything, I’ll be in the kitchen, then!” She concludes, taking a step back from the door frame. “You’re staying for dinner, right, Y/N?” 
You glance over at Jisung, prying the throw pillow away from his face enough to see him shaking his head and making you feign a teasing frown for his mom. “You don’t want me to stay over dinner, babe?” You taunt with a smile, chuckling when he pushes the pillow back onto his face. Turning to Mrs. Han, you add, “I think Sung doesn’t want me staying for dinner, auntie, but I’ll gladly stay over if you want me to; anyway, my parents are coming home late today.” 
“What? Oh, he’s just being shy!” Mrs. Han dismisses with another wave of her hand. “Please do stay for dinner. I’ll text your mom for you too.” 
“Alright, if you say so.” You nod, giving her your sweetest smile now. “Thank you so much!”  
With that, Mrs. Han then bids you goodbye and proceeds to the kitchen. When the sound of her stilettos fades outside the living room, Jisung removes the throw pillow in front of his face with a groan, scooting closer to you until his shoulders bumped into yours. “My mom, seriously.” He then smacks you on the shoulder with the throw pillow as you press ‘play’ on his laptop again. “Ya, are you seriously dining with us tonight?” 
You kick his legs under yours in response. “I think it’s cute, it’s not like she caught us doing something weird.” You shrug in his mom’s defense. “And yes, I’m staying over because your mom is clearly cooking tonight and I can’t say no to an offer and free food.” 
“I’ll have to get back at you when we’re back at your house on Monday.” He counters back, shamelessly dipping his spoon on the mint chocolate ice cream in your hands. As he bites on the small chocolate drops on the ice cream, a thought then crosses his mind and he asks, “Wait, are we still hanging out on Spring Break?” 
You turn to him, swatting his hand belatedly before taking a big chunk of his strawberry ice cream. “I don’t know, my mom hasn’t mentioned anything and I don’t think my parents have any plans of going on vacation this break.” You answer truthfully before eating the spoonful of ice cream. “What about auntie?” 
“Nothing from her too.” He shakes his head. “Though we’re definitely going on vacation this Break—my dad really wants to check out the new Jeju hotel.” 
“When are you coming home?” 
“Friday night, I think? We leave on Sunday.” He answers, taking a sip of water now that the taste of ice cream is now making his mouth feel sticky. He takes note of how you used the same word again, recovering quicker this time before he could even choke. “So we’re definitely not hanging out on those days.” 
You hum against another spoonful of ice cream, this time from the Ferrero ice cream in the small gap between the two of you. “I mean, it’d be nice to be away from you for once—we’ve literally been joined to the hip after classes and most weekends since the New Year—but that would mean no free food which would be a shame; I really like your mom’s cooking.” 
“Ouch, I didn’t know you don’t like spending more time with me just for me.” He clutches his chest dramatically, hugging the throw pillow again. “I thought you’d like this since I was away for a year.” 
“We barely hung out before you even left.” You chuckle in amusement, grabbing the pillow from him again and this time lazily discarding it to the other end of the sofa. “I already thought you’re annoying the rare times we hung out before. Now, you’re just the bane of my existence.” 
Next to you, Jisung laughs along belatedly, holding his ice cream tub away when you try and take another spoonful of strawberry from him. “Yeah but I’m the bane of your existence that you’re ‘dating’ in front of the aunties for free stuff and them leaving you alone.” He points out, giving in to you after when you almost topple over the Ferrero ice cream and handing you his strawberry ice cream. “So you can’t really complain.” 
You roll your eyes as you exchange tubs of ice cream. In front of you, a jump scare goes unnoticed as you pay more attention to Jisung anticipating what your next words would be. “I’m grateful,” You clarify in a mumble as you chew on the ice cream. “But you’re still annoying as hell.” 
“Not like you’re any better.” He rolls his eyes with another playful laugh, shifting in his seat. “Yeah, I think we shouldn’t hang out on Spring Break: we’re going to ‘break up’ if we keep meeting too much at this point.” 
This time, it’s you who gets another thought at this comment. Shifting in your seat as well so you’re now facing Jisung, you ask in a change of topic, “Right, I meant to ask: when exactly are we ‘breaking up’?” You raise an eyebrow at him when his eyes widen in confusion. “It’s just that Chaeryeong and I were talking about it a while back and it had me thinking.”
“Hm? I thought we’ll do it a little after Chan and Miyoung’s wedding.” He shrugs nonchalantly. “There aren’t many events after that and I’m sure the aunties won’t bother you for a while since you’ll start working.” 
“And if they do?” You ask back curiously. “Starting work at your own parents’ company while going through a ‘break-up’ doesn’t exactly guarantee a free pass from blind dates—remember the last time Yeji had a relationship the aunties knew about?” 
“Right, that was quite chaotic.” Jisung replies, keeping his spoon in his mouth now instead of eating more ice cream as the unexpected question actually catches him off-guard. “But, I don’t know. I guess we can keep going a little longer after the wedding, until the aunties have someone else to bother or, you know—if you end up liking someone else.” 
You then catch Jisung’s eyes light up at this idea and you hear him quickly add, “Hey, how about that?” He then removes the spoon from his mouth, placing his ice cream down in between the two of you. “You don’t have to worry about your elders and we don’t have to fake date anymore.” 
“Actual dating?” You furrow your eyebrows. Jisung nods at this. “You know how I feel about that. I don’t think I want that for myself right now given the changes that are going to happen after we graduate.” You wave your hands around now, setting your ice cream and spoon down before sinking back in your seat. “And I especially don’t want that just for the sake of getting people to mind their own business; it’d be like giving in to the pressure in a way.” 
You glance over at Jisung to see him nodding thoughtfully now, an unfamiliar look crossing his features before he meets your gaze and comments, “Okay, that’s fair—but we both know it’d be too troublesome to fake date for a long time.” He then sighs, sinking into his own spot and leveling with your gaze.
Suddenly, you feel a shift in the air around you as Jisung sets his ice cream down on his other side. “Aish, don’t you just wish you can talk back to older people?”
“Yeah.” You nod in agreement this time, pursing your lips. The air suddenly felt sincere now, a bit comical since the people keep screaming on the television in front of you but, for some reason, you don’t feel like laughing because Jisung isn’t despite obviously having the same thoughts. “I mean, we all know that the talks about dating and career and everything else are often in good-nature but a lot of times they’re just invasive and a bit rude.” 
When Jisung doesn’t reply as quickly, you nudge his shoulder and add, “I especially think of the time you told some of the parents during Yeji’s birthday about your plans to study in Malaysia and how negatively they received it because they think you won’t graduate on time and that you should just finish college quickly and work.” Jisung’s eyes widen in surprise this time. “They don’t know how hard you work in your studies or how you really wanted to go abroad and explore and I really wanted to scold them for it.” 
“Y-You still remember that?” He asks in disbelief, earning him a casual nod from you. 
“Of course,” You confirm, your free hand unconsciously balling into fists on your lap at the memory. “I’ve never wanted to yell at my mom’s friends until that point even when you tried laughing it off so I’m glad you proved them wrong when you came back during Christmas and impressed them when they asked about it again.” 
You see Jisung chuckle under his breath shyly, tearing his gaze at you for a moment. “You mentioned that night that you were annoyed. I never knew you were this annoyed.” He muses out loud. “Thanks.” 
“Thinking about it now, I feel a bit bad,” You point out after, heaving a frustrated sigh. “You’re keeping up with fake dating me even though it just started as a little joke last Christmas to protect me in a way but I couldn’t stand up to you two years ago.” 
Looking up at Jisung, he grins at you reassuringly and shakes his head, effectively easing the atmosphere back into being more lighthearted. “No, it’s okay.” He dismisses your frown. “Just knowing what you really thought then is fine already.” 
“And,” He shifts in his seat after, transferring the tubs of ice cream in between the two of you now to his other side so he can scoot closer. “I get free food every other day from your mom because we’re ‘dating’ so it’s nothing, really.” 
You scoff when he breaks out into laughter. “Right, of course.” You deadpan before breaking out into genuine laughs yourself. “What was I even thinking, talking about sincere things with you?” 
The two of you laugh for a while, even more when Jisung pretends to complain that you just 'wasted’ the last act of the movie talking about ‘mushy stuff.’ 
“Stop complaining, dummy,” You smack his elbow, sitting up properly now as the credits begin to roll. “you entertained my rants instead of stopping me so it’s your fault too.” 
“Because you brought up something of mine from two years ago!” He protests before moving away to gather all your scattered snacks to the coffee table, laughing in disbelief all throughout. “I had to respond or it’d be rude!” 
You only roll your eyes at him, making the two of you laugh even harder. You then lean back on the sofa, stretching your hands above your head and removing your legs off of Jisung while he disconnects his laptop from the television and closes both electronic gadgets. 
Turning to you, after, you see his laughs turn into a small sincere smile once again. “But seriously,” He says, glancing back at you from his shoulder. “Thanks.” 
“For?” You prod him teasingly, earning you a groan of frustration from him. 
“For almost getting mad at the elders?” He jokes back with a raised eyebrow before going back to being sincere again. “Nah, for being understanding with me and my choices.” 
“Of course,” You reply casually. “even if we joke around a lot, you’re one of my best friends—well, as if I had a choice in that, you know me too well and too long.”     
“Way to ruin the moment.” He frowns at you in feigned disappointment, making you chuckle, until another thought crosses his mind. “And, Y/N?” 
“Hm?” You look up expectantly at him. 
“We have to break up some time after the wedding but I’ll still try and protect you,” He clears his throat awkwardly. “from the ‘rude’ and ‘invasive’ comments after, I mean. You should do whatever you want to do freely and date seriously when you want, not when older people pressure you into it.” 
At this, your gaze softens at him visibly, even more when he doesn’t make other hints that he’s joking. “Thank you.” You mumble, just loud enough for only him to hear when you see Mrs. Han pass by the hallway again. “You should too, you know, do whatever you want and date whenever you want to.”
Jisung opens his mouth to speak but, behind him, you catch a glimpse of Mrs. Han suddenly returning to the hallway and stopping by the living room entrance again, waving at you and unintentionally cutting her son off. “Y/N, Sungie, dinner’s ready!” She informs you before Jisung could even get a single syllable out, making him purse his lips in annoyance with his face hidden from his own mom’s view. “Y/N, I already texted your mom, by the way, and she said it’s fine that you stay over for dinner.” 
You turn to the side and nod at Mrs. Han, chuckling when you see Jisung hiding his hands on his lap and exaggeratedly curling his fingers up in frustration. “Thank you, auntie! We’ll be right there!” You assure her, smiling up at her until she disappears back to the opposite direction of the kitchen. 
Turning back to Jisung, you swat his finger tips back into relaxing with a laugh. “Guess we have to go back to adhering to the system and fake dating for now, though.” You conclude with a giggle, standing up from the sofa and fixing your clothes. “What were you going to say before your mom barged in?” 
After a moment of silent contemplating, Jisung ends up shaking his head and following you, gathering the tubs of ice cream in his hands. “It was nothing.” 
“Really?” You ask, elbowing him gently before picking up your water tumblers from the sofa. “Come on, tell me.”
“It’s nothing, seriously.” Jisung assures you with a laugh, walking ahead of you out of the living room and turning around to see you catch up. “Come on, leech, dinner time.” 
You bump his shoulder with a laugh when you manage to catch up with him, “Shut up, you’re also a leech.” 
“But not on this day, you’re in my house.” He corrects. 
Tumblr media
Dinner with the Hans regrettably passes too soon even with all of Mrs. Han’s questions on your school life and post-college plans; and Mr. Han bringing up embarrassing and, at times, even exaggerated stories from when you and Jisung were children. When Mr. Han is suddenly forced to retreat back into his home office to attend to a minor emergency (hastily bidding you and Jisung goodnight) and Mrs. Han managed to win in your argument over you helping her and the house helpers to do the dishes, the old grandfather clock at the house entrance strikes quarter to 9 PM which prompts Jisung to offer you company in walking back home. 
“Yes, how thoughtful of you, Sungie! Do walk Y/N home!” His mom comments with a proud grin as she shoos you out of the kitchen. “I’ll see you after Spring Break, Y/N, okay?” 
You nod, giving her one last side hug, careful of the dish washing liquid bubbling up on her pink gloves. “Have fun on your trip to Jeju, auntie!” 
“I’d ask you to come along if it didn’t turn out so last minute, I did mention it on New Year” She jokes, much to Jisung’s horrified face. “Oh, Sungie, what’s that look for? Don’t you want Y/N to go on a trip with us next time?” 
You giggle nervously, pulling away from the hug after and taking a step back to Jisung’s side. “Maybe next time, auntie? I have lots of deadlines this break, anyway.”
“Ya!” Jisung hisses at you discreetly, pouting again that you’re entertaining his mom’s antics. You only elbow him in response. 
In front of you, Mrs. Han seriously contemplates on the idea before waving her drier glove. “Yes, it is quite last-minute right now since we leave on Monday.” She smiles fondly. “Next time, it is, then!” 
“Okay, that’s enough planning for a future trip!” Jisung quickly interjects before you can humor his mom longer, placing an arm over your shoulder and turning you around to face the open door leading outside. “It’s getting late and I have to walk back here on my own after!” 
You wave back at Mrs. Han, laughing when she rolls her eyes at her son before bidding you one last goodnight. “Goodnight, auntie!” 
With that, Jisung gently pushes you into a run out of his house, haphazardly closing the door behind him and directing you across the front lawn, to their gates, then, finally, to the dimly-lit streets of your subdivision. You’re only pulled to a stop when Jisung almost pushes you to a car parked on the house across his, making you laugh. 
“Ya, we didn’t have to run out so fast!” You protest, clutching your stomach with one hand while the other hits his side. “My stomach hurts.” 
“You keep entertaining my mom’s ideas!” He playfully whines back in between tired pants, catching his breath quickly before throwing an arm over your shoulder. “If you’ll keep going like this, you might actually become best friends!” 
You scoff, keeping his arm on your shoulder anyway as the two of you now walk to the direction of your house. “Watch your words, Han Jisung, or it might actually happen.” You warn him teasingly, adjusting your backpack on your shoulder. “Besides, I was just doing what you were doing on New Year—how did you call it?—’earning points.’” 
“I also told you then that my mom already likes you so much,” He pouts, easily pulling you flush against him when a lone car passes by. Instinctively, he then moves you to his other side so he’s walking closer to the road. “You’re just going to be more annoying at this point.” 
“Well, I like your mom, too, so I’m going to be extra annoying from now on,” You grin mischievously. “maybe until we ‘break up’ then everything’s going to be awkward for a while.” 
Glancing over at Jisung from your side, you see him genuinely frown momentarily before sighing in feigned defeat. “Fine, do whatever you want.” 
You want to ask him about the sudden frown but you end up shrugging it off as you cross the street to get to the right turn at the intersection. With the new direction you’re walking into, Jisung shifts you to his other side again. 
“You know, it’s not like some car’s going to crash into us,” You move to his other side anyway and swiftly dodging another offer of him slinging his arm over your shoulder. “We’re inside the village? Where the speed limit is 20 kph?” 
Jisung scoffs, dropping his arm back to his side “Your house is on your side of the street, dumbass, that’s why I moved you there.” And, as if on cue, you see your own house slowly coming into view among the towering gates and trees. “That little heart-to-heart talk we had must be getting to you, huh?” 
“As if.” You elbow his side in retaliation, your backpack hitting his back slightly in the process which only fuels his teasing more. 
“Aren’t you glad I’m here to walk you home?” He asks with a grin, just as you reach your gates. “Imagine if you got lost when we’re literally a block apart.” 
“I hope the dog next door escapes and chases you back home,” You groan, walking a few steps ahead to open the smaller entrance on your gate with your key. 
Behind you, Jisung only laughs, unfazed, before walking over to your side again and extending his arms out for a hug. “Okay, sorry,” He grins halfheartedly. “Come here, goodbye hug.”  
You raise an eyebrow at him, swinging your gate open with one hand and stepping one foot on the other side. “What do you mean? My mom’s inside.” 
“Yeah, but I haven’t hugged you alone in a while.” He points out while tilting his head sideways, earning him a genuine look of confusion from you. 
“Ya, it’s not like we don’t hug platonically before all this.” He adds with a shaky snicker before pouting. “I’m going to get s—”
“Okay, fine.” You scoff with a small smile, stepping outside again to hug him. “Look who’s getting all mushy now.” 
“Yeah, yeah,” He shakes his head against your neck, reluctantly pulling away from you after a while. Rubbing the nape of his neck bashfully, he adds, “It’s just that—everything’s been a bit different now since I got home.”  
“It’s mostly your fault—”   
“—I know and I don’t regret it,” He interjects quickly, wiping the smug smile of your face. “since I’m doing it to get you away from creepy guys but it’s just us now and I sort of...miss being casual.” 
Your frown tugs upwards into a sincere smile as you lean back against the gates. “We are casual. It’s just that people are looking now.” 
“Can we hang out sometime?” He suggests with hopeful eyes. “just us, like old times.”
“You call it old times like it wasn’t just two years ago,” You point out, chuckling now. “But—sure.”
Jisung nods with a big grin now, excitedly shifting his weight on his feet. “So, see you after the Break?” 
“Buy me something nice from Jeju then we can talk.” You conclude, stepping inside now completely. “Night, Sungie.” 
“Hm, goodnight.” 
Tumblr media
When you accompany one of the Han’s family drivers to fetch Jisung and his parents at Incheon International Airport exactly a week later, you only expected to see the box of imported chocolate snacks Jisung promised to buy you as the only unfamiliar thing that you’ll see, maybe even an entirely new carrier with Mrs. Han’s vacation haul if she did actually spent more time shopping than working. 
What you genuinely did not expect, upon finally spotting your best friend and his parents waiting for you at crowded Seattle’s Best, is him holding more than just your box of chocolates. 
“Hey?” You wave at Jisung in confusion as you stop right in front of him. To your right, you catch a glimpse of the family driver, Mr. Yoo, greeting Mr. and Mrs. Han on the next table before obligingly taking their luggage cart. “Who’s this little angel?” 
Only then do you notice the two other unfamiliar people with Jisung’s parents, eyeing you curiously and whispering to Mrs. Han, probably to ask who you are.
Jisung waves his hand at you once before transferring the same hand over the nape of his neck, “Y-Yeah, um, this is—”    
But before he could even finish and maybe even explain, the little girl on his lap shifts in her place and jumps to stand in front of you. “Hello!” She grins sweetly in slightly broken Korean, waving one hand at you while the other clutches Jisung’s bear plushie. “I’m Kitty!”
“Oh, hi, Kitty!” You bend your knees slightly to level with her gaze hidden behind round eyeglasses, briefly sparing a glance at Jisung after and raising an eyebrow at him before smiling again at the little girl. “I’m Y/N, it’s nice to meet you!” 
“It’s nice to...m-meet you!” She politely returns the gesture, hugging Jisung’s bear plushie shyly after and making your heart skip a beat. “Will you also live with us?” 
“At home?” Your furrow your eyebrows deeply now, standing up properly and turning to Jisung who you then belatedly notice has stood up as well and slung his backpack and Kitty’s over his shoulder. “Sung?” 
Jisung stands next to Kitty and places a hand behind her back, clearing his throat awkwardly. “Kitty’s going to live with us for a while.” 
ch. 4 // series masterlist
tags: @t-toodumbtocare​ @sandaigdigan-reads​ @pwarkhans​ @ruellelix​ @malai-barfi​ @mahalau​ @milkywayfelix @qweens-stuff @tenclouds​ @crscendoforsung​ @verobibble
118 notes · View notes
lovecre · 3 years ago
Text
Tumblr media
first meetings - edemasu
Tumblr media
the first thing masumi ever said to eden was “get out of the way.”
Tumblr media
eden was walking down veludo way, luggage in hand, when he was pushed out of the way by a dark-haired boy around his age. the first thing eden noticed about the boy was his face. he had pretty purple eyes, with a beauty mark near his mouth.
his train of thought was shattered when the boy glared at him and snapped at him to get out of the way though. the boy hurried off, not even giving eden a chance to reply.
eden stood there, stunned by the boy’s rudeness. he shook his head trying to not let it get to him. it still stung a bit, but he wasn’t the same kid who would cry at everything.
he kept walking, until he came across his destination. “mankai company. this should be the place.” he muttered to himself. he approached the doors to the theatre dorm, knocking hesitantly.
“excuse me?” he called. “is izumi tachibana there?”
there was a hushed chatter from behind the door, and a tall, brown-haired woman opened the door with a smile. “eden! you’re here!”
he smiled at his older sister. “hi, thank you so much for letting me stay here.”
“of course, of course, come in!” she gestured for her brother to come in. “misumi, can you help eden with his luggage?” she called over her shoulder.
“yeah!” came the enthusiastic reply from an athletic-looking boy. he picked up eden’s bags with ease, and happily rambled about how his luggage had triangles on it.
a pretty man with white hair approached eden with a welcoming smile. “you must be my new roommate, i assume? i’m azuma, it’s lovely to meet you.”
“oh, um, thank you! it’s nice to see- meet you, too!” eden stammered. he always was weak to beautiful faces.
“come on, masumi, you have to greet the director’s brother!” a round-faced, dark pink-haired boy dragged someone familiar into the living room.
“you!” eden stared at the rude boy from before.
“oh, you two…know each other?” izumi asked.
“kind of.” eden stared daggers at masumi. masumi looked away, glaring at the carpet.
izumi, sensing something was wrong, clapped her hands and changed the subject. “um, anyway, i’m making curry for dinner, if anyone’s hungry!”
another boy behind eden groaned dramatically. “that’s the third time we’ve had curry this week!” eden turned around to see a brown haired boy (who, by the way, was wearing the most tacky outfit eden had ever seen,) with a frustrated look on his face.
“well, banri, would you rather make dinner for the whole troupe?” izumi countered.
“pff, i could do it, easy. i just don’t want to.” banri scoffed.
“i’ll make dinner!” another man poked his head through the door. (just how many people were in this dorm, eden wondered?) the man had short, dark brown hair and a scarred face. “really, izumi, i don’t mind. does anyone have requests?”
“i’ll eat your curry.” masumi gazed at izumi, obviously lovesick. “i’ll eat anything you give me.”
eden felt sick. this rude boy was crushing on his big sister? (who, by the way, was way too old for him.) “ah, i’m not very hungry, but thank you for the offer.” he said quietly.
izumi turned around to eden, brows furrowed. she knew that he was usually raring to go for a good meal. “are you alright?”
“just tired from the trip here. i think i’ll go to bed early and get ready to help out with the theatre tomorrow.” he assured her.
izumi frowned. “well, alright… masumi, can you show him to his room? he’s sharing rooms with azuma.”
“but i want to stay with you.” masumi looked like a kicked puppy.
“well, eden needs to get to his room. so help him out, would you?”
“i guess…” masumi sulkily turned around to walk out of the room, motioning for eden to follow him.
“gee, thanks.” eden muttered under his breath.
the walk to the room was completely silent. eden could feel the tension in the air. really, just what in the world had he done to this boy to make him hate him so much?
once they had made it, masumi stalked off, obviously in a bad mood. eden sighed. already off to a bad start.
the next morning, eden was sent to sort out paperwork in the mankai office for the next spring troupe play. the troupe that masumi was in. honestly, how did everything end up tying back to this boy? he sighed to himself. he was sighing a lot nowadays, he found.
the door to the office busted open, making him jump in surprise.
“izumi, i made—“ it was masumi. as soon as he and eden locked eyes, he stopped short. “you’re not izumi.”
“yeah, sorry.” eden had meant for it to sound sarcastic, but it came out more genuine than he had intended.
masumi’s expression darkened. he plopped a bento box, presumably for izumi, on the desk. “don’t touch this, it’s for izumi.” he went to walk out the door and paused. “don’t get to close to her just because you’re her brother.” he added, and slammed the door closed,
eden stared at the door. what? no, seriously, WHAT? this boy was out of his damn mind.
after he proved to be terrible with paperwork, (his attention span was just too short) he was assigned to help the actors with their roles for the next two weeks.
most of the spring troupe members were fairly civil, doing their best for their roles, (chikage was… a bit difficult at first. probably because eden kept mentally laughing at his hair and couldn’t focus.) except masumi. he refused to listen to eden simply because he wasn’t izumi.
“masumi, come on, please just rehearse your lines.” eden begged masumi. “this is going nowhere, i can’t go get izumi because she has a job, too.”
“don’t care.” masumi refused to even look at eden.
eden took a shaky breath. he was so frustrated he was near tears at this point. he couldn’t cry, especially not in front of this boy. he couldn’t show weakness.
“please,” he managed. “tell me.” he squeezed his eyes shut, willing the tears to go away. “what the hell did i ever do to you to have you hate me this much?”
masumi finally looked up. his eyes were wide. “are you… crying?” he asked.
“NO!” eden blurted out. “i’m not… crying. just answer the question. please.”
masumi frowned. “i’m not telling you. i want to talk to izumi, not you.”
that was it. eden turned away from masumi quickly so he couldn’t see his ugly crying. “i’m leaving.” he choked out, quickly walking out of the room.
“what—“
eden didn’t give him a chance to finish, shutting the door in his face. he kept his head hung low, practically running to his room. a couple of troupe members tried to stop him on the way, but he ignored them. he couldn’t let anyone see him cry.
he slammed the door. thankfully azuma wasn’t there, as he was out shopping with sakuya.
he hunched over on the sofa he was sleeping on, (they hadn’t installed another bed yet) quietly trying to force himself not to cry.
after a few hours, he found himself waking up, still in his day clothes in the sofa. it was dark outside. he must have fallen asleep while crying. he sat up groggily. he was hungry, really hungry. he wandered into the kitchen, trying to be as silent as possible. he reached into the fridge to make a sandwich or something, when a voice startled him from behind.
“what are you doing?”
eden froze. he stood up, not facing masumi. “getting food.” he answered curtly.
“in the middle of the night?” masumi asked skeptically.
“so?” eden still wouldn’t face him. “what are you doing up?”
“…” masumi didn’t answer.
eden kept making his sandwich in silence.
“sorry.” masumi suddenly said.
eden turned to look at him. “sorry?” he repeated.
“for… you know. making you cry.” masumi looked uncomfortable. “uh… izumi told me to apologize to you. so. there.”
of course. of course he didn’t come to apologize on his own. of course izumi had to tell him.
“it’s whatever.” eden turned away again. he took a deep breath, and reached into his pocket for his phone. he put on some cheap earbuds and unpaused one of his playlists.
“you listen to that artist too?” masumi spoke up.
“…yeah, why?” eden paused the music.
“uh…nothing, i just noticed is all.” masumi mumbled, turning his gaze to the floor.
“…do you want to listen together?” eden questioned.
masumi’s eyes widened. “you’d be okay with that?”
“sure.” eden walked over to the couch and patted the seat next to him, holding out an earbud.
masumi hesitantly sat next to him, taking the earbud out of his hand.
the two sat quietly for a few minutes, letting the music play.
“this ones my favorite,” eden finally said.
“mine too.” masumi had the faintest hint of a smile on his face.
the duo went quiet again.
“what’s your favorite candy?” eden asked.
“i like grape flavored things.” masumi mumbled. “i also like chocolate.”
“i like chocolate too, but who doesn’t, really?” eden mused. “i also like strawberry flavored things. and peach.”
masumi started to smile again. “peach? gross.”
“hey.” eden gently elbowed him. “peaches are great, i won’t stand for this slander.”
“i’ll slander them all i want, peaches suck.”
the two spent a while going back and forth, asking the other’s favorite food, color, animal, and so on.
eventually, eden fell asleep on masumi’s shoulder. masumi let him stay there.
as eden slept, masumi reflected on what had transpired during the past few hours. izumi never asked him what his favorite things were. it felt nice to be asked these things. he liked sharing music with eden, too. izumi never shared music with him.
eden did, though. maybe eden was okay. better than he thought, at least.
maybe he would get a peach candy for him the next time he was out at the store.
maybe.
Tumblr media
TAGLIST: @sealovinq @catake @nyaing @honeycombscereal
8 notes · View notes
ray-ray-writings · 4 years ago
Note
Another Q&A (but maybe also a Drabble I’m not too sure??) What’s your headcanon for the DSMP favorite foods? I’d imagine the reason why Niki built and works at a bakery is because there was high demand for sweets and that most people have a sweet tooth! I like think Karl likes funfetti cupcakes, bad likes muffins (duh), Skeppy likes angel cake, George likes macaroons, Techno likes red velvet cake, philza likes matcha flavoured bread or muffins, Niki and Tubbo likes honey cake, Sapnap and Schlatt likes devils cake, and Tommy likes chocolate milk because of Henry lol- oops I rambled on for a bit but I’m not sure what everyone else would like? -🎻
Hey, so I can’t read. For some reason I read this as “Favorite thing from Niki’s bakery and it wasn’t until I was about to post this did I realize the actual question… So here’s this, if you want my thoughts on what I think they actually fav food it, please just let me know. I’m very sorry🎻anon. 
Dream: Carrot Cake. Listen. I have no idea why, but I think that Dream’s favorite sweet would be carrot cake. I think it’s because the frosting that is paired with carrot cake is cream cheese and I think that he would enjoy that immensely. I think that Dream would never eat his vegetables, but he would absolutely chow down on some carrot cake. 
George: Macaroons. I feel like George is a fancy boy. And because of this, his fav thing would be macaroons. Specifically lemon. I just have this feeling that our sweet little boy would enjoy a sour sweet. 
Sapnap: Chocolate chip cookies. I think this is the only one of 🎻’s thoughts that I disagree slightly with. I do think that Sapnap loves chocolate but I think his favorite sweet would be a cookie. Mostly because it’s easy to grab and very easy to clean up. He would love the gooey warmness of the cookie and would love how the chocolate would string out from the bite. He’s a classic boy who likes a classic sweet. 
BadBoyHalo: Muffins, blueberry most specifically. I think I think that blueberry specifically because he reminds me of my mom sometimes and her favorites are blueberry. I also just think that he would enjoy that pop of fruit in his sweet treat. That way he can eat more of them all while convincing himself that they’re healthy for him. 
Skeppy: Angel Food. It reminds him of Bad… Need I say more? It’s fluffy and light and I could personally eat a whole cake in one sitting. 
Techno: Red Velvet. I feel like Red Velvet is a symbol of elegance and grace. Techno would also feel this way. He also likes it because it’s basically a chocolate cupcake, just dyed his favorite color. I also think he really really likes cream cheese frosting because although he may have a sweet tooth, it definitely isn’t as big as many of the others and he enjoys that balance. 
Karl: Funfetti Cake. He’s a fun loving boy and funfetti reminds him of a party and so it’s a little party for his mouth and his tummy. 
Punz: Vanilla cupcake with lemon frosting. Punz prefers vanilla over chocolate, but I don’t think he enjoys a completely vanilla taste. He needs something that pops and balances out the blandness that vanilla can have. So I think he would enjoy a vanilla cupcake with the tang of lemon topping it. 
Wilbur: Chocolate croissant. I think he’s a bready boy. I think he just enjoys the taste of a croissant but again, he needs something that pops and balances out that dullness. He would enjoy the smoothness of the chocolate and it pairs very well with the croissant. 
Eret: Red Velvet. Again, a symbol of elegance and grace and Eret is a King and very highly holds that reputation. I think that he would appreciate the symbolism of it, but he also would just love chowing down on multiple cupcakes. 
Fundy: Chocolate frosted donut. I think that as a child, Fundy was given a lot of chocolate croissants because his father wanted him to be like him. But as he grew up and developed his own taste, he did enjoy chocolate but preferred the taste of a donut over a croissant. The sweetness of the chocolate and the breadiness of the donut would be such a good balance for the fox hybrid. 
JSchlatt: Devil’s Food Cake. I honestly think that Schlatt sometimes thinks of himself like a devil and so the cake is his favorite because it ‘bares his name’ or whatever. But I think that he really enjoys the chocolaty richness of the cake and could eat an entire cake in one sitting. 
Quackity: Strawberry Shortcake. I don’t know why. I just really think he would enjoy the sponge cake that is just soaked in strawberries’ juice and he would absolutely top that baby with ample amounts of whipped cream. Sometimes his plate is 75% whipped cream and 25% strawberries and cake. 
Niki: Honey Cake. I just think Niki really enjoys honey. She puts it in her tea and she always makes herself baked goods with honey and her honey cake is just her favorite. She often works with Tubbo for the honey.
Sam: Strawberry Cheesecake. For some reason, I think Sam would really enjoy strawberries. I think it’s a texture thing for him. He loves that smoothness of the ‘cake’. When he works with redstone, not everything goes smooth all the time so his fav dessert would definitely be smooth. 
Puffy: Chocolate cupcake with peanut butter frosting. I have no idea why. Honestly I just really think she would really like the chocolate and peanut butter combo and this would be her favorite. 
Tommy: Brownies with peanut butter chips. I absolutely agree he would love chocolate milk and he would down like three glasses eating just a few brownies. But I think he would pick up this taste after he and Puffy get closer. She introduces him to the combo and now he can’t get enough. 
Tubbo: Honey Cake. He loves bees and loves honey. He works with Niki a lot, he harvests the honey and gives it to her and in return she gives him whole honey cakes for himself. 
Ranboo: Bagels. I have no clue why either. I just feel like he would love bagels from Niki’s, especially fruit bagels like blueberry or cinnamon raisin. 
Philza: Matcha flavored anything. I think Phil loves Matcha and would eat anything Niki made with matcha and he would love it.
31 notes · View notes
lovelyirony · 5 years ago
Note
#6 No ones going to hurt you or #5 Your safe now with winteriron pls!! Maybe post civil war? Or whatever you come up with♡
been a long time since this list has been on my dash! 
Bucky didn’t follow the rest of the team. He couldn’t, not when he didn’t know who the hell any of them were. Sure there was Steve, he knew Steve. But it was still like when you know you know somebody, you’re just not sure why. 
He sneaks out in the dead of the night with nothing but a note left behind. 
New York is a helluva place still. Everyone moving, rushing, and talking. There’s never silence, something he appreciates. 
He holes up in hotel rooms, slipping in and out of apartment buildings with ease. He’s not sure what he’s trying to do right now. Maybe find himself in a life that people say he lived. Maybe redefine himself. 
What he wasn’t expecting was to help Tony Stark escape what would’ve been an already unsuccessful mugging. 
Stark blinks at him. 
“You gonna kill me this time? I gotta say, an alley isn’t really ideal for me.” 
“What?” Bucky asks. “No, of course not. No one’s--I’m not gonna hurt you. Are you gonna kill me?” 
Tony cocks his head to the side. 
“Why would I do something like that?” 
“I can list off five reasons.” 
“And four of them would be Steve-related,” Tony mutters. “Speaking of, why aren’t you holed away with him and the team?” 
“I don’t know them as well as they want me to,” Bucky says. “And I don’t know myself as much as I think.” 
Tony nods. 
“Did they tell you about BARF?” 
“Well I’ve done it about a dozen or so times--” 
“Nope, not the gross one. Come with me. It’s science time.” 
Bucky is surprised when Tony leads him to a lab. It’s not cold or cynical. There’s a printed out picture of what looks to be a skeleton making a stupid joke. 
“Welcome,” Tony says. “Sorry about the pictures. Interns are trying to educate me on modern humor. Not going well. Anyways...” 
Bucky gets explained about a program that could potentially help him come to terms with the words. 
“I assume Wakanda offers a similar, more advanced program?” Tony asks. 
There’s no anger in his voice, not then. Bucky stills. 
“Why not go after them?” 
“If I’m being completely real, they’re not worth my time,” Tony says. “And besides, I have more things to do.” 
He doesn’t mention Siberia. Doesn’t mention anything. 
“Hey Ice Pop, where you staying at?” 
Bucky doesn’t want to lie. He also doesn’t want to let Stark know he’s been technically breaking-and-entering. 
“Some hotels.” 
“Yeah, no,” Tony says. “You’re not a good liar. Should’ve had you keep the mask, huh?” 
He’s not shying away from who he used to be. That’s...refreshing. 
“Sure,” Bucky says. “Could even bring you a matching one.” 
Tony barks out a laugh. 
“Thanks, but if you do I’ll be forced to use it. You’ll be hailed as a genius in Pepper’s eyes. No, you can stay at one of my smaller apartments around town. Let me get you the keys.” 
Tony says sometimes he just needs to sleep somewhere else. 
“Surrounded by a legacy is not as cool as you think,” Tony says, smiling sadly. 
Bucky nods, not sure what else to say.
-
Tony isn’t sure exactly why he’s doing this. God knows he should be telling everyone about Barnes being here, should be foaming at the mouth to destroy him. 
But Barnes left the team, went to New York. Didn’t even have a plan, just lived from room to room and kept out of sight. Tony had to say, he wasn’t expecting that from somebody like Barnes. He’s not sure what he was expecting in the first place. 
Pepper and Rhodey disapprove. 
“This is a terrible idea,” Rhodey says. “What if he comes back?” 
“He doesn’t know where Winter Wonderland is.” 
“Not hard to guess. He’s either gonna destroy Hydra bases or come back to where his home used to be,” Pepper says. “Anyone with half-a-brain could figure that.” 
“What if he kills you in your sleep?” Rhodey asks. “You know I’m not a light sleeper, I can’t help you.” 
“Friday has protocols in place and he won’t,” Tony says. “If he really wanted me dead, I would’ve been dead when the whole mugging thing happened.” 
“Wait, what?” 
Brunch is awkward on Sunday. Bucky was invited, came, and ordered the same thing as Pepper. They’re not sure what to talk about. 
“So, um, what is everyone’s opinion on yogurts?” Tony announces. “I, for one, think Greek yogurt is the best. If anyone says the flavor strawberry-banana is the best, die by my blade.” 
Rhodey cracks a grin. 
“Peach is the best, don’t you dare go against that.” 
“For people who went to MIT, both of you are stupid,” Pepper says. “Best flavor is strawberry, obviously.” 
Bucky pipes up. 
“Um. I like orange cream.” 
“Now that, right there? Absolutely not,” Tony says. “That’s disgusting. Absolutely abhorrent. No, we’re getting you better yogurt.” 
From there, Bucky gets closer to them. Of course he keeps himself at an arm’s length distance: he’s not an idiot. Just because Tony Stark let him into his life doesn’t mean he belongs there. Rhodey and Pepper give him enough looks and cautionary statements that he knows he is quite lucky to be there at all. 
It’s not until Pepper calls him and asks him to be an emergency “watcher” in a sense when Tony’s talking on a public platform that they get closer. 
Bucky hasn’t expected to be included in anything, and that’s completely fine with him. Tony’s already doing too much for him as it is, letting him live in a nice apartment and using truly revolutionary technology. 
So he’s surprised when Rhodey gives him a glance. 
“You eating pizza with us or not? We’re ordering pepperoni, if that’s your thing.” 
“You sure?” Bucky asks. “I don’t wanna intrude or anything.” 
“Rhodey wouldn’t bother asking if you weren’t welcome,” Tony says. “Just so you know. Come and eat really shitty pizza with us.” 
Bucky decides shitty pizza is the only way to have pizza, no matter what Pepper says. 
“I can’t believe you heathens ordered this,” she says with a sniff. She still eats four slices, however. 
Bucky laughs. 
The news is always...something. People are wondering where the Avengers went, and Bucky grips the arm of the chair as he remembers Siberia. 
Over and over, he apologizes. 
“Why?” Tony asks one night. “Why do you still keep apologizing? I said you were fine.” 
“You’re not fine,” Bucky says. “And I...I damaged the arc reactor. I fought you.” 
“You did it because Steve didn’t tell me about my parents and I took it out on you as well as him,” Tony says. “This isn’t all your fault, don’t put it all on your shoulders. I should know, that’s my specialty.” 
Bucky comes over a lot more after that. 
Tony knows that this shouldn’t have been the result. 
But he likes James. Likes him in the way that he learns how to make coffee and latte-art because it’s a small thing that Tony likes, but he can’t go out without getting hounded for questions about returns. 
Likes the way that he hums along to the radio and texts Tony about songs he hates and loves, the way he got excited over being able to make a playlist with hundreds of songs on it. 
The way they can handle each other, knowing the truth. 
It’s...odd. But not unexpected. 
(He just hopes Pepper and Rhodey don’t make fun of him the next time.) 
They do. ;
Relentlessly. 
“Leave it to you to get a crush on an ex-assassin,” Pepper says, snorting. “And you gave him a home and care first.” 
“Shut up,” Tony grumbles, resting his head on the table. “Not my fault.” 
“Your fault entirely,” Rhodey says. “How are you gonna ask him out?” 
“Why would I ask him out?” Tony asks. “He probably has way too much shit on his plate, he probably feels bad that he sort of killed my parents, and not to mention the whole Rogers issue.” 
“So?” Rhodey asks. “You ever let that stop you before? Worst comes to worst you just move on and have awkwardness for, like, a month. It can’t be as bad as that time you confessed you liked Tim in sophomore college year.” 
“Oh god,” Tony groaned. “That was the worst.” 
So he decides to ask about James. Because Rhodey is right, and life is too short. Besides, he’ll probably say no and Tony already has a suit lined up with a destination in mind, so it’s not like they’ll see each other that next week. 
James has gotten him takeout food. Oh god, he’s so sweet. 
Tony steels himself. “So, um, you may not want to do this, but? I really...really want to take you out. On a date. Not kill you. Jesus Christ, no, but um--shit.” 
He’s messed this up entirely. 
Bucky laughs. He smiles at Tony from where he’s standing at the kitchen. 
“If you wanted to kill me I would’ve expected a faster response in this last year, Tones. Yes, a date sounds nice. Are you sure about...about me? I mean...” 
“James, sweetheart, let me tell you about one ex that threatened world domination because I wouldn’t go to a movie with them after we broke up and they still terrify me more than you...” 
Tony loves dating Bucky. The way that he smiles widely when getting even the smallest things. The way he loves to play music and dance around the kitchen and bump into Pepper and Rhodey, who laugh as they gently push them out of the way. 
The way they look at each other and it’s a little like a promise. The way Bucky is always holding onto part of him, keeping one of Tony’s battered, old tools by him at night when they’re apart. 
Sure, they’ll have to explain it at some point. God knows there’ll be disapproval. 
But Tony finds he doesn’t mind that if he gets to look at Bucky every single day and love the living hell out of him. 
332 notes · View notes
johannstutt413 · 4 years ago
Text
(requested by calligomiles)
“Hey, General, can you try something for me?” Gummy came home one day with a box from the kitchen. “My friend made a cake, and it’s really good, so I brought you a piece.”
“Huh. Thanks, Rada.” Zima took the box and the fork the chef provided and popped it open. Inside was a rather...strange-looking slice of cake. The form itself was essentially perfect - two layers of cake with some strawberry jam or something like it gluing them together and evenly frosted along the outside - but the deep shade of purple on everything was rather disorienting. What flavors were the components supposed to be? Were the black flecks in the cake itself fruit or chocolate? Nothing in Ursus, or even Rhodes Island, looked like this…
Still, she knew better than to take appearances at face value, and if her gourmand friend thought it was good, who was she to refuse trying it? Sonya stabbed into it, pulled off the front corner, and took the bi- WHOA. “Your friend made this?” She asked, coping with the rapturous delight with her usual composure.
“Yeah! Do you like it?” Gummy came back from putting away her vaul- shield and fighting pan, but as soon as she did, she knew the answer. “I’ve watched her cook, and I don’t know how she does it. It’s like nothing else, right?”
“...I want to meet her. Who is she?”
Rada smiled, but it was rather strained. “Um, well, I think you’ve probably heard of her...Blue Poison, the Sniper?”
“The toxicologist?” Zima looked at the fork in her hand and swallowed. Hard. “She bakes?”
“Yeah, and she’s really sweet as a person, too. I don’t get why people are so scared of her...well, I guess there’s rumors that go around, but they aren’t true.”
The general thought about what she’d heard, for the first time from a critical perspective - that her saliva was a critical component in her darts’ poison, that she coated anything she touched in toxins that could kill a person in moments, that she asked people to touch her so she could eliminate her competition and finally be with the Doctor...and realized just how much bullshit she’d accidentally swallowed without thinking about it. “They couldn’t be, and even if they were, I’m sure the baking takes care of any lingering toxins. I want you to introduce us - invite her over for dinner or something before the end of the week.”
“Yes, General!” Rada’s smile brightened; she loved when she got orders she was going to act on anyway. “If she’s free tomorrow, would that be too soon?”
“No, if she’s free, that should be fine. Thank you, Rada.”
The chef saluted her. “Конечно, товарищ генерал!”
“...Is this whole slice for me?” Zima looked at the rest of it, wondering if Anna or Rosalind might want some. “There’s enough to split.”
“As you wish, General! I’ll go ask them.” With that, Gummy went off, leaving Sonya to her thoughts...and another bite of the cake. It was given to her first, after all.
--------------
Blue Poison sighed, watching the dessert table with the normal degree of disappointment. Usually, only two or three portions were taken from her contributions - those being the Doctor’s, Gummy’s, and Glaucus’ - which meant she often had leftovers, and it always made her dream of the days her cakes barely lasted half an hour after she made them. One of a few things she missed from home, if she was honest, but there was no point in thinking of going back there…
There was a tap on her shoulder, and she jumped. “Oh, Gummy. Sorry, I was just...thinking. Do you need something?”
“I took a piece of your cake to my friends like I said, and they all loved it! Leto and Istina had to go on a mission, but the General and I were wondering if you’d like to eat dinner with us tonight. I’m making waffles!”
“Waffles for dinner?” The Anura smiled; Gummy had a way of making that happen. “That sounds delightful. What time are you expecting me?”
She shrugged. “I’ll start cooking 1800ish? But really any time after work is fine; if you come earlier, it’s just more time for us to hang out!”
“I think I’ll head over after I change out of this...Have I met ‘the General’ before?”
“I don’t think so.” The Ursus replied. “I’m pretty sure she’d remember meeting you.”
Blue raised an eyebrow. “You think so?”
“You remind me of her favorite UFC fighter, so I think you’d stick in her mind pretty easily. Oh, actually, I also came back here for some scones. Gotta run, talk to you tonight!” And there she went.
“Hmm...Dinner with Gummy and her friend.” The Anura looked at her muffin tin before nodding to herself. “I know just what to bring.”
A few hours later, after helping with dinner and heading to her room for a change of clothes, Blue Poison found the USSGG’s suite and knocked. A bright Ursan voice called from beyond it, “I’ll be right there!” Sure enough, Rada was less than a minute later. “Hi, Blue! I’m glad you showed up sooner rather than later~”
“It’s been awhile since someone’s invited me somewhere, so I got kind of excited. Is your General-”
“Hey, Rada, is she-” Zima emerged from the back room, already in her pajamas, and standing in the doorway across from her was one of the most beautiful women she’d ever seen. “...Evening.”
Blue waved with her fingers, as there was a tray of cupcakes in her arms. “Good evening. I hope I’m not overdressed.”
“Oh, it’s fine! The General doesn’t really have anything else that’s really casual-”
“Rada, could you take the cupcakes to the table for her?” Sonya, in spite of herself, was blushing from the combination of awe and embarrassment. “Do you want something to drink, Miss Blue?”
She nodded. “Water will be fine, General.”
“You can call me Sonya; I’ve told Rada she doesn’t have to call me that anymore, but she insists.”
“You’ll always be my General, General!” Gummy sing-songed. “I’ll get the drinks; feel free to sit anywhere, Blue!”
After standing awkwardly for a moment, the Anura sat on the couch. “Thank you. My friends called me Azure back home, if we’re using first names here.”
“Azure, huh? That’s a pretty...cool name.” For some reason, Zima found herself leaning into the tough girl persona she’d perfected in her school days. Maybe once dinner started, she could let it drop.
“Thank you.” Now they were both blushing. “Sonya is, too. Gum- Rada said you liked my cake?”
Thank God, something to talk about. “I’ve never had something so sweet that tasted so natural. Most of the desserts we had back home were just fruit, but chocolate and strawberry together was something I’ve never tried. I’m glad you brought more with you.”
“Guests usually made dessert for the evening where I’m from. It’s how I learned to bake as well as I did.”
“I imagine so,” she agreed. “You seem like someone who’d have a lot of friends.”
Azure sighed. “I did, but...some things happened.”
“Ah...” Shit, she’d made it awkward.
“I have water!” Gummy emerged from the kitchen with glasses for each of them. “Oh, and something a bit stronger, too, just in case!”
The general blinked. “Rada, isn’t that the vodka Natalya got you for your birthday?”
“Yep! I thought tonight was as good a night as any to try it, don’t you think?”
“Vodka?” The Anura looked from one Ursus to the other. “That’s a popular Ursan alcohol, yes? I’ve never tried it before.”
The chef set the tray she was holding down, opened the bottle, and poured each of them a shot. “Yep! It doesn’t do a lot for us, but apparently other people think it’s really strong!”
“Interesting...Cheers.” They clinked shot glasses, and Blue drank it like a normal drink - which meant she very quickly started coughing.
“Are you okay, Azure?” The name really did roll off her tongue...hmm. Come to think of it, didn’t Anura have- No, brain, not the time to think about that. “The idea is to get it as far back into your throat as possible so it burns less.”
She nodded, downing half a cup of water soon after. “Guh~ I’ll know for the next one.”
“You want another?” Gummy cocked her head, already filling another round.
“I do.” Azure lightly slapped her face on both sides. “But only one more.”
Clink! Round 2 went down much better, although she immediately felt it as Rada went back to the kitchen to start cooking. Zima noticed when she picked up her water and was visibly shaking. “Feeling okay?”
“Mmhmm. Just a little woozy...”
“Alright. Let me know if that changes.” The general stretched her arms above her head and yawned. “So uh...” Damn, what to talk about?
Blue was already two steps ahead, apparently. “Gummy told me that I look like your favorite fighter. ‘Zat true?”
“She said that? I don’t think so; your hair’s similar, but outside of that, not seeing a resemblance.”
“Aww.” The Anura pouted. “That’s a shame. I thought you’d think I was cute.”
...Sonya only had one response to that. “I never said you weren’t; you just don’t look like Jolanta.”
“So you think I’m cute?” Azure leaned towards her, holding herself up with her arms and tilting her head to one side. It definitely looked like a frog poised to jump.
“Yeah?” Sticking to her guns. “I like your pigtails.”
She giggled. “Thanks~ You’re pretty cute, too.”
“Well, that’s a first.”
“Whaaaat?” As it turned out, Blue held alcohol about as well as a sponge as it’s being squeezed. “Your girlfriend hasn’t told you that before?”
Sonya shook her head. “She’s not my girlfriend.”
“Oh...Does that mean you’re single~”
“I’m not dating anyone.” The Anura hopped towards her. “Azure, what are you doing?”
More giggling. “Your voice cracked.”
“Hey, do you guys want your waffles thick and fluffy or flat and crispy?”
“Flat!” Both called back in unison. Blue hopped forward again, now only a cushion away. “Just like us~”
Zima sighed. “Look, Azure, you seem nice and all, but I’ve known you like five minutes, so slow your roll.”
“You don’t like me?”
“What? No, I do, I just think this isn’t the way to start.” The Anura retreated, hopping backwards. “Azure...Come back.”
She did. “I just want a hug~ Is that too much?”
“No, a hug is fine.” The Ursus stood up, and Blue leaped to her feet and into her arms.
“Yay.” Azure rested her head against Sonya’s shoulder. “You didn’t ask if I was gonna poison you~”
Zima smirked. “I know that’s a bunch of bullshit.”
“You do?” Her arms settled a little lower along the general’s back.
“It’s obvious you wouldn’t.” One of the Ursus’ hands found its way to Blue’s hair. “You’re not the type to endanger your friends like that.”
Azure nodded. “I’m not...You’re so sweet, Sonya~”
“I’m just being honest with you.”
“Yeah, but...” A tear found its way to Zima’s shoulder. “I miss having friends to hug.”
The general patted the back of her head. “Well, you know where to find us. Rada’s a hugger, too.”
“Mmm. You’re willing to share?”
“I-” The approval caught in her throat. “I...hmm.”
Blue’s eyes, still a bit watery, lit up at the hesitation. “Is that a no?”
“...Maybe. You don’t mind, do you?” She smelled the way a candle called ‘birthday cake’ would, somehow.
“One’s enough for me.” The Anura pulled back to look her in the eye. “Sonya...”
The Ursus smiled back at her. “Yes, Azure?”
“Waffles are ready!” Gummy called from the kitchen.
“...I’ll tell you after dinner.” She poked her nose with a finger. “Shall we?”
Zima let go of the embrace, but immediately after doing so she took her hand and led her to the dining room, both smiling more brightly than they had since arriving at Rhodes Island.
20 notes · View notes
rosyredlipstick · 4 years ago
Text
conchell farmers market AU
i went to a farmers market last weekend. thank u rina for looking this over!
The wind was cool, the birds were chirping, and Sebastian was yet again attempting to sneak off with the honey boy. 
“It’s legally required that I receive a break, Mitchell. And what I do on my government-mandated fifteen minutes off is frankly none of your business.”
He was just barely resisting the urge to pinch at his nose. “Sebastian, the day that you actually manage to keep your business your business is that day hell freezes over. All I’m asking is that when you lure Basil away, you don’t bring him back here so you guys can try and make out behind the curtains. No one wants that!”
Sebastian busied himself with ignoring Mitchell and looking over their main table of pre-packaged chocolate truffles. He picked one up, looked it over, and set it back down. 
Mitchell rolled his eyes and leaned back into his chair with a sigh. “Also, I’m pretty sure Mother would frown on you trading her chocolate away just so you could flirt with some guy.”
Sebastian was still examining the numerous paper boxes. “She’d more than approve if she saw the honey guy.”
Their apartment pantry was already so, so incredibly full of small glass pots. “Please,” Mitchell said with pain. “Just give him the chocolate for free. We don’t need to keep buying out the farmer’s market.” 
Sebastian snorted, “That’s ironic for you to say.” 
Mitchell cocked his head to the side, “What do you mean?” 
“Our kitchen currently has like, 3 different kinds of melon on the counter. And don’t get me started on the apple situation.” 
“And? We eat a lot of fruit.”
Sebastian gave him a dull look. “Whatever, Mitch,” He picked up a box, gave it a glance, and apparently found it exceptional enough. “Be back in fifteen, dork.”
“At least go talk to Silena!” Mitchell sighed and watched, only half-worried, as Seb wandered across the curved road to stop at the honey stand, where Basil and Sage were set up. Seb always swore it wasn’t even an ounce serious for either of them, but Mitchell kept his eyes on the situation. 
He busied himself with straightening up the boxes and making sure the cooler cases were still cold enough to prevent melting. One customer later (who bought an array of white chocolate mint truffles), and Mitchell’s customer grin thawed out into something a lot more genuine. “Connor!” Mitchell waved at the other man as he approached. “It was getting late, I wasn’t sure if you’d make it.” 
“Hey,” Connor was breathless, probably from his jog over here. “I - I mean, I couldn’t not stop by. My favorite booth here.” 
Behind him, Katie and Grover’s veggie stand had a line wrapped around several booths. Leo, manning a vegan taco booth that said line looped around, was joyfully handing off cartons and cartons of tacos to waiting vegetable customers. 
Connor waved off the huge line without a worry. “Katie said I could take a break. Travis is there anyway.” 
Mitchell smiled up at him. “Got anything good for me?”
“Fresh watermelon!” Connor said quickly. “It’s really sweet! I can get you one? Or two, I mean, however many you want! No worries, I’ll cover the costs  -” 
“I’d love a watermelon,” Mitchell smiled. “Just one, though. And I’d be happy to pay.” 
“Of course,” He breathed out. “Anything for you.” 
Mitchell huffed out a laugh.“How’d your mom like the last batch? I know you were iffy on the cinnamon coconut ones.” 
“Loved them, of course.” Connor sighed dreamily, gazing up at Mitchell. “She always loves what you give her.” 
Mitchell smiled at his folded hands for a moment, then looked back up to him. “That’s always nice to hear. So what can I do for you?”
He ran his hand through his hair. “Um, actually I’m not here to get her some chocolate.”
Mitchell gave him a little surprised laugh. “Really? That’s the first time in weeks.”
“Yeah, yeah,” Connor laughed awkwardly, “Yeah. So. I’m here for something else. Um. I want to ask you -” He cut himself off and stared down at Mitchell, who was waiting patiently. Mitchell nodded for him to go on, curious. Connor let out a dejected breath and leaned against the side of the booth. “On second thought, I was wondering if you’d just get me a large variety box.”
Mitchell stood with a small smile. “Of course. Anything special?”
Connor made a gesture of frustration at the air, looking more directed at himself. “Just - anything! Thank you!
Mitchell hummed as he began packaging up a box. “Got a hot date?” 
“Ha,” Connor let out a much-too-loud laugh. He rubbed the back of his head. “Nope! No dates! Because I’m single. Ha. So very single.” 
“God, same,” Mitchell laughed softly. He finished up packaging the chocolates and set it between them, not reaching for the money box just yet. Connor always liked to linger and chat, not that Mitchell minded. 
Connor’s jeans were dusted in dirt and soaked the bottom with mud. It was a good look on him--farmer’s tan and all. Mitchell smiled. “Katie keeping you busy?” 
Connor looked over his shoulder, almost checking the other girl wasn’t there, then back to Mitchell with a look of exhaustion. “She had us up at 5 a.m. because she needed help with some last-minute washing and separating. I’m ready to fall over and it’s hardly passed noon.” 
“You’re tired?” Connor nodded, showing it. Mitchell perked up with a quick “Oh!” and spun around to reach for one of their newer products and pulled one out. “You know that collaboration with Nico we were considering?” He plated the treat with a flourish. “Here’s the first batch! Some fresh coffee chocolates, he’s selling some at his booth too! I think we might try some different combinations next week. He wants to try an espresso one?” He rolled forward on his toes excitedly. “I think it’s going to turn out well!” 
Connor lit up with excitement with him. “That’s great! God, I know how nervous you were about the testing phase.”
Mitchell nodded with a wide grin. For a moment, Connor almost looked starstruck. An idea occurred to him, as Connor stepped forward. 
“Here, try this.” He held the plate out of Connor’s reach. “So you can have the whole experience.” Mitchell gestured for him to lean forward. Connor did so automatically. “Close your eyes,” Mitchell instructed, “and open your mouth.” 
Connor’s gaze snapped to Mitchell’s, wide-eyed. 
“It’s the experience!” Mitchell grinned. “C’mon, try it.” 
Connor licked his lips but slowly nodded, looking breathless. He closed his eyes and leaned forward, his elbows on the stall. 
Mitchell spooned a chocolate into Connor’s waiting mouth. He took it and chewed slowly, his eyes still fluttered shut. 
“Amazing, isn’t it?” Mitchell asked, “You just really focus on the taste that way.”
A soft pink bloomed across Connor’s cheeks. He continued to chew, staring at Mitchell with wide-eyes. “Yeah,” he breathed out, swaying slightly. “You… amazing.” 
“I knew you’d like it.” Mitchell smiled, a bit satisfied. “Coffee chocolates, isn’t that fun?” 
“So fun,” Connor whispered. 
Mitchell was about to add on something else about their new flavors when, out of the corner of his eye, he saw his brother returning to the stall. With a companion. Mitchell sighed. 
Sebastian finished wandering back over to the stall, Basil tucked under his arm like he needed assistance back to their booth. Unfortunately, Mitchell could already spy a handful of reddening marks on both of their necks. 
“Hey honey boy,” Mitchell greeted wryly. Connor snapped his neck to look where Mitchell was speaking. 
“Oh, you flatter me, Mitch.” Basil stuck out his purple tongue, most likely dyed from one of Will’s snowcones. Before Mitchell could respond, Basil turned his face upward and grabbed Sebastian’s chin to push their lips together. Mitchell sighed hugely and looked away, rolling his eyes at Connor. 
Basil swept by with a teasing grin, winking at him. “See you, Mitch. Hi Connor.” 
Sebastian tied his apron back on and waved off his not-boyfriend. “Oh, Connor. What a surprise it is to see you here, speaking to Mitchell.” 
Mitchell shook his head and ignored that. “We’re not running a kissing booth, Sebastian. You don’t need to bring Basil around every week.”
Seb rolled his eyes. “If this was a kissing booth, we’d be making a lot more than chocolate money. Am I right, Connor?” 
Connor’s face turned a dark red--he must be getting too much sun. 
“Oh, leave him alone. Did you at least talk to Silena while you were off?” 
He gestured over his shoulder. “Tried, but she and Scarlett were too invested in the teen drama happening across the line. Clarisse is basically manning the strawberry stand herself at this point.” 
Mitchell followed his gesture, already knowing. Their siblings had become quite invested in the most recent pre-romance happening every Saturday morning. At the booth across from their chocolate stall, Percy was currently handing out some blue soft-serve cones to kids while his mother smiled widely at her own dazed-looking customer. Their candy and ice cream booth had been Mitchell and Sebastian’s biggest competition, but Sally Jackson was too beautiful and delightful to keep rivals with. Now, they traded variety boxes of their new and most popular from that week--their own mother was suitably impressed.  
Annabeth’s booth, next to Percy and Sally’s, had its own array of curious customers peering down at her homemade journals and secondhand books. Usually, Percy and Annabeth spent every farmer’s market morning making much too much noise bickering and laughing while everyone else set up. Mitchell was personally two weeks away from shoving them both into Nico’s portable walk-in cooler and locking the door until they admitted their feelings. 
Mitchell groaned and wiped his face, back to the moment. “We need to talk to her some time today if we want to do chocolate-covered strawberries for the craft fair this Thursday.” 
Sebastian paused, then winced. “Wait… the craft fair is on Thursday? This Thursday?”
Mitchell already knew where he was going with this. He ran a hand over his face in frustration. “Sebastian, the senior choir is going to be there! You know how busy we get, I’ve already scheduled for an extra batch of the sugar-free dark chocolate truffles, I can’t run it on my own!”
“I thought it was next Thursday!” 
“I texted you three times about it.” 
“Well, I can’t cancel my date, she’ll never go out with me again -”
“I can’t run it on my own! Seb, I can’t believe -”
“I can help.”
Mitchell paused where he was about to ramp up into a new point and turned slowly to face the other man, who he briefly forgot was there. “What?”
Connor shifted his weight, “I can help, if you need it. It’s the craft fair on Beech street, right?” Mitchell nodded slowly. “Yeah, Travis and Katie are gonna have a mini fresh juice booth. Nothing big, but I was gonna tag along. Um, so I’ll already be there. And can help.” 
“See!” Sebastian gestured toward him. “Works out great!”
Mitchell shot him a dirty look but faced Connor, so grateful he could taste it. “I could kiss you,” Mitchell shook his head, his shoulders loose in absolute relief. “I’ll pay you, of course -”
Connor was back to that bright red. “Oh, don’t, seriously -”
“I insist -”
“Really, you don’t have to, I’m happy to help -” 
“This is horrible,” Sebastian muttered. “This is fucking torture.” 
Mitchell spun to face him, his finger already out in warning. “You! Don’t think I’m not still upset with you!”
Sebastian only flipped him off with a sarcastic grin, taking his seat. Mitchell prayed for strength. Finally, he turned back to Connor with a much more relieved and pleased expression than the one he was giving Sebastian. Connor perked up at the attention. Mitchell smiled at that. 
“Thank you again for volunteering.” He held out his hand. “Arm?”
Connor held out his arm without hesitation, then looked confused. “Why am I doing this?” He asked, his arm still extended. 
Mitchell grabbed his wrist to pull it steady. “We’re out of receipt paper.” Mitchell uncapped the sharpie with his teeth and wrote out his phone number in straight, even lines across Connor’s skin. He finished it off with a small heart and a -M. 
“Text me,” Mitchell took a moment to smile, “we can work out the details later. Maybe go to breakfast before the fair?” 
“Yes,” Connor was saying the word before Mitchell was even finished speaking. Mitchell’s lips quirked up ever so slightly. 
“Great. Don’t lose that now.” Mitchell nodded down to his wrist. 
Connor’s face went much, much too serious. “I won’t,” He said gravely, like he was accepting a mission. His other hand clenched at his own wrist. Mitchell waved him off kindly as he began stumbling back to his booth, dazed. 
Sebastian popped a stick of gum in and quickly blew a bubble. “You know,” he set his boots on the table edge, “you could have just grabbed some receipt paper.” 
Mitchell hummed, knocked Seb’s boots off the table, and took his seat. “Weird. Didn’t think of that.” 
Sebastian laughed, “I thought you were being too oblivious to notice anything, what happened to that?”
He sighed. “There’s only so much chocolate that man can buy from us, Sebastian. I don’t even think he likes chocolate that much.” 
“So? Free tips.” 
Mitchell’s eyes snapped to the small plastic “TIPS” jar they had by the spare reader, put there on Sebastian’s insistence. Connor was the only person who ever utilized it, usually by several rolled twenties shoved in haphazardly. Mitchell had insisted time and time again that Connor didn’t need to tip, but that only resulted in sneakier tips and then denying of said sneaky tips.  
Mitchell reached for the jar, fully intending on shoving the twenties into Katie and Grover’s tips despite Sebastian’s complaints, when Connor made a sudden reappearance as he burst back into their line of sight, heaving for breath with a watermelon clenched to his chest. Behind him, Katie could be heard yelling at him from their own booth. 
Connor stepped forward and help the melon up like a prize. “I didn’t forget your watermelon!” 
33 notes · View notes